The Bryologist AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY j DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS Volume VII. Editors ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH Published by the Editors 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. INDEX 1904 Acaulon 63 Aloina 63 Alsia abietina 51 Amblystegium argillicola 12 “ brachyphyllum. . 12 “ brevipes ... 12 “ floridanum 12 “ Juratzkanum 6 Kochii 12 “ riparium 12 “ vacillans... 12 “ varium 74 Amphidium Mougeotii 62 Anacamptodon splachnoides. ... 77 Anacolia (The Genus) in North America, John M. Hol- zinger 28, 29 “ 28, 29 “ Baueri 29 “ Menziezii 29 Webbii 29 Annual Reports S. M. Chapter • 16, 17, 18 Anomobryum filiforme Ameri- canum 62 Anomodon Toecose 30 An answer to Mrs. Britton’s last article on Nomenclature, Jules Cardot 80 Anthocerotacese 90 Anthoceros 13, 14, 90 “ laevis. ..... 13 * “ punctatus . . . . ...13, 91 “ Stableri 13 Aplolepidese 3^ Archidium Ravenelii , 99 Arissema triphyllum 51 Arundinaria macrocarpa. . . .... 30 Assistance, A call for, J. M. Hoi- zinger. ...... 43 Asterella 92 Astomum 8, 9, 10, 32, 63 “ crispum 10 “ Ludovicianum . 10 “ multicapsulare 9 4 4 rostellatum. . . . 10 Atrichum crispum 7 Azalea maxim 42 Barbula . . .37, 63, 74 44 convoluta n 44 gracilis 6 44 humilis 80 “ indigens. .... . 30 “ papillosa 65 “ Raui 62 44 tortuosa 7 44 unguiculata . . . . 74 Bartramia 28, 29, 37 “ Menziezii 28 *Bazzania 95 * “ trilobata 98 Bennett, James Lawrence (Obit-) uary) A. M. S 79 *Blasia . . 93 * “ pusilla . 93 Blepharostoma 94 Blindia 63 Book Reviews. 13, 14, 31, 32, 39, 40, 63, 75, 76, 77, 83, 99 Brachelyma. 48, 80 Brachelyma robustum, n. sp 48 Brachelyma subulatum., 48 Brachythecium (A new), A. J. Grout 34 “ Nelsoni, 34 oxycladon 34 “ rivulare 34 Brachythecium rivulare la- moillense, n. var. A. J. Grout. 44 Brachythecium rivulare tenue.. . 34 Bruchia curviseta 62 Bryologist’s (A) Glimpse into Geological History, J. M. Hol- zinger 42 Bryum 74 “ argenteum 74 “ capillare 6 Duvalii 7 “ lato-decurrens. . . . 62 Holzingeri.. 11 Minnesotense . ... 11 1 ‘ pallescens .... .... 51 “ pendulum 11 4 1 proligerum 52 “ Sawyeri 62 Burnettia 50 “ Philippeana 31 “ sericea 31 “ subcap illatum 50 Buxbaumiacese 38, 39 Buxbaumia 38 “ aphylla. .51, 52 “ Something new about, A. J. Grout. 51 “ indusiata . 6 Catharinea Macmillani 11 Catharinea 11 “ mollis Holzingeri..,. 62 Catoscopium nigritum. . . 40 Cephalozia.. 95 Ceratodon 63, 74 44 minor 99 Chiloscyphus - 94, 95 polyanthus rivu- laris, * Star indicates illustrations. 95 — 4— *Cladonias, Further Notes on (Illus.) II, III, IV, Bruce Fink, 21, 22, 23, 24. 25, 26, 27, 53, 54. 55, 56, 57, 58, 85, 86, 87, Cladonia . “ amaurocrsea “ crispata 53, * “ “ infundibuli- fera 53, “ crispata subcrispata. . . * “ fimbriata 21,22, “ “ apolepta. ; “ “ Balfourii “ “ borbonica “ “ chlorophaeoides. * “ “ coniocraea * “ “ cornutoradiata . “ “ fibula . “ “ nemoxyna “ “ ochrochlora .... * “ “ prolifera * “ radiata * “ “ simplex * “ subulata ...... . furcata . . 53, 54, “ crispata 53, “ Finkii “ “ palmaea * 41 “ paradoxa. .53, 56, * “ “ pinnata 4 ■ “ pungens * “ “ racemosa 55, * “ scabriuscula.. . . “ “ “ far- inacea “ “ subulata “ “ truncata, “ gracilis 85, “ “ dilitata “ pyxidata “ rangiferina “ rangiformis “ verticillata 85, 86, “ “ abbreviata. . “ “ cervicornis.. “ “ evoluta ..... “ “ subcervicor- nis ....... Clatonia Chamissoi Collema * “ flaccidum 46, * “ nigrescens ....... 46, “ “ leucopepla . . . “ pulposum Conocephalus Correction (A), J. M. Holzinger. . Coscinodon Raui 43, Coscinodon Wrightii . . .• 43, 62 Cryphaeadelphus 80 “ robustus . 48 Curbstone Mosses, Cora H. Clarke 74 Cynodontium virens 30 Desmatodon 63 Dichelyma . . .48, 80 Dicranella 63 “ varia 74 Dicranodontium 63 “ longirostre 6 Dicranacese 38, 63 Dicranum 37,38 “ Bonjeani 6 “ Demetrii 30 “ fragilifolium 62 “ subfulvum 30 Didymodon. . 63 “ cylindricus 7 “ • riparium 69 Diplolepidese 37 Ditrichum flexicaule brevifolium 43 “ homomallum 6 Election Notice for 1905. ... 100 Ectropothecium Caloosiense, n. sp .... 50 Ectropothecium globetheca 50 Encalyptaceae 38 Encalypta ..38,39 “ apophysata 39 “ brevicolla . . . . .38,39 “ ciliata 38 “ commutata. 38 “ longicolla 38, 39 ‘ ‘ procera 38, 39 Ephemeracese 38, 63 Ephemerum 63 Erroneous References (Some), J. F. Collins .... 32, 33 Euliomalothecium 31 Euweisia 8 Exobasidium discoideum 42, 43 “ rhododendri 42 Geocalyx . . 95 Georgiacese 38 Georgia . ... 38 “ pellucida 38 Glyphocarpa 29 “ Baueri ... 28 Grimaldia 92 Grimmiacese. . 38 Grimmia 63 “ ambiguua 6 14 apocarpa gracilis 6 44 “ rivularis. .. 6 “ conferta 6 44 “ var 6 88 73 55 57 58 58 53 26 26 27 27 25 24 25 25 26 23 24 23 24 25 56 58 55 57 57 56 53 56 56 56 57 56 88 85 23 55 53 88 88 87 87 87 43 46 48 47 47 47 92 44 62 Grimmia conferta obtusifolia. . . . “ Donii sudetica “ mollis “ Pennsylvanica Grimmia Pennsylvania Bestii, n. var Grimmia subsulcata . . . “ teretinervis “ unicolor Gymnostomum • “ curvirostrum “ “ scabrum ‘ • microstomum .... “ rostellatum “ rupestre “ tortile Fabroleskea Austinii 7, Fagus Americana Fimbriaria Fissidentacese Fissidens “ decipiens Winonensis.. Fontinalacese Fontinalis Novas Angliae. ....... “ obscura “ subulata Fruiting Season of the Hair-cap Moss, P. M. Towle and A. E. Gilbert 35, *Frullania 94, “ Asagrayana * “ Eboracensis ^Further Notes on Cladonias, B. Fink. ..21, 22, 23, 21, 25, 26, 27. 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 85, 86, 87, Further Notes on Sematophyl- lum, E. G. Britton 59, 60, Funaria 37, “ hygrometrica .. “ Muhlenbergii .... Hammock Formation, J. K. Small Harpanthus Hedwigia Helicodontium subcapillatum... *Hepatics with Hand-lens, A. J. Grout 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, Hepaticae Hepatics 89, 90, Heterocladium squarrosulum ... 7, Heterophyllae Homalotheciella 30, 31, Homalothecium Phillipeanum. .31, sericeum. ..... 31, “ subcapillata Homalotheciella subcapillatum 30, 31, 50, 81 “ tenerrinum 31 Horned Liverworts 90 Hulst Botanical Club of Brook- Hylocomium triquetrum Bering- ianum 52 Hymenostomum in N. A. (The Genus), J. M. Holzinger... 8, 9, 10 Hymenostomum . . .8, 9, 10, .32, 44 “ brachycarpon. . 8 “ crispatum. .8, 32, 33 “ microstomum mu- tilatum. ... 8 “ Miilleri 8 “ murale 8 “ obliquum is “ rostellatum. 9, 10, 32 “ rutilans 8, 32 “ squarrosum. . . . 8 “ subglobosum 8, 32, 33 “ unguiculatum. . 8 *Hyophila, A New Genus to the U. S., by E. G. Brit- ton 69, 70, 71 Dozy-Molkenboeri... 71 Javanica 69 “ riparia 69 Hypnum 39 “ Bestii 43 “ Caloosiense 50 “ cupressiforme 61 “ fluitans brachydictyon. 43 11 laxepatulum 60 1 ‘ niicrocarpum 80 nigrescens 15 “ ochraceum uncinatum. 43 “ recurvans 59, 60 “ reptile . . , ; 7 “ riparium 10 “ subcapillatum 50 ‘ tenax 80 Important Notice 99 Jubula 94 Jungermanniaceae .... 90,93 Jungermanniabarbata 95 excisa. . . 95 Michauxii 95 “ Schraderi 95 Kantia 94 Lasia subcapillata 50 *Lejeunea 94, 98 Lepidozia 94 Leptodon trichomitrion 14 Leptodontium Canadense. . . 69, 71 6 6 43 6 6 43 43 63 7 7 8 8 7 8 42 51 92 38 94 62 48 12 11 48 36 98 98 98 88 61 38 74 80 81 95 63 50 98 89 94 40 12 50 50 50 50 31 — 6— . Leptodontium riparium 69 Leptogium 46 “ lacerum 47 “ muscicola 47 * “ myochroum. 48 * “ palmatum 47 *’ “ pulchellum ........47, 48 “ tremelloides.. .... 48 Leskea adnata 80 “ Austini 48 “ crassiretis 42' “ denticulata 30 “ grandiretis 42 “ nervosa 7 “ “ nigrescens .... 7 “ recurvans 59, 60 “ squarrosa 59, 60 • “ “ compacta .... 61 “ tectorum 15 Leucobryum . . 60, 61, 63 ^Lichens — Cladonias, Further Notes on, by B. Fink . ..21, 22, 23, 24, 25. 26, 27. 5-s. 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 85, 86, 87, 88 * Lichens— Collema and Lepto- gium. C. W. Harris. 45,46,47,48 ^ * Peltigera, C.W. Harris, 1. 2. 3. 4 * “ Stereocaulon, Pilopho- rus and Thamnolia, C. W. Harris. 71, 72, 73 Liochlsena . . ... 95 List Sullivant Moss Chapter Members 18, 19, 20 Liverworts ; 90, 92 Lophocolea heterophylla ..... 95 *• minor 95 Lunularia 92 Madotheca 14 Marcliantiacese ,90,91 Marchantia 14, 89, 90, 92 * “ polymorpha 91 Meeting, A. A. A. Science at Philadelphia 99 Meteorium 14 * “ nigrescens ...14, 15, 30 “ “ Donnellii.. 15 “ pendulum .... 30 Metzgeriacese 90, 92 Metzgeria 92 Mnium 37, 39, 94 “ ciliare . 42, 43 “ hornum 7 Mollia 8 Moss, (A) New to N. A., J. M. Holzinger 77 Mounting Mosses, B.D. Gilbert. 61, 62 Myriniasubcapillata 50 Nanomitrium - 63 Nardia crenulata 95 “ hyalina 95 Neck era 48 “ complanata 7 “ Floridana 49 Nephroma. 1 New Species of Hepaticae, Alex. W. Evans 68 Note . . . 36 “ A. J. Grout 40 “ J. F. Collins 44 Notes on New or Rare Mosses, J. D. Lowe, J. M. Holzinger. . 77 Notes on Nomenclature, III, E. G. Britton 48, 49, 50 “ on Rare or Little Known ' Mosses, Dr. J. W. Bailey, EzraT. Cresson, Jr., A. M. S . . 51, 52 on Vermont Mosses, A. J. Grout. . 5, 6. 7 Notice 36 Odontoschisma . 95 Gibbsise 68 Offerings — on Cover January and March, and 52, 68, 82, 100 Orthotrichum coarctatum 80 cupulatum Porteri 62 f allax 99 Hallii 99 obtusifolium 6 Schimperi . 6 speciosum 6 Pallavicinia 98 Papillaria 15 “ appressum 49 “ Donnellii 15 * “ nigrescens, by E. G. - * Britton 14, 15 “ nigrescens 30, 48, 80 Papillaria nigrescens Donnellii n. var 49 Papillaria nigrescens brevifolia. 49 “ “ illecebra . . 49 “ pendula ... . . 30 Pellia 13, 93 * “ epiphylla 93 *Peltigera aphthosa 2 * “ canina 2, 4 “ “ spongiosa 4 “ horizontalis 2 * “ polydactyla 2, 3 ‘ ■ pulverulenta 3 “ rufescens 3, 4 scutata 3 “ venosa 1 — 7— Pentanthera 42 Peristome (The) VI, Illus., A. J. Grout 37, 38, 39 Phascum .... 9, 10, 63 “ crispum rostellatum. . . 10 “ rostellatum 8, 9, 32 “ subexsertum . . . 9 Philonotis radicalis m 99 Physcomitrella 63 Physcomitrium Hookeri. 99 Pilopliorus 73 * “ cereolus 73 Pilotrichella cymbifolia. . . .30, 49, 81 PlLOTRICHELLA FLORIDANA, n. Sp . 49 Pilotrichella Ludovieiana. 49 Pilotrichum 49 Plagiochila, 93, 95 Plagiothecium denticulatum . ... 78 “ Groutii 78 Platygyrium brachycladon. . . .50, 81 “ repens. ... 81 Pleuropus 50 *Pogonatum urnigerum, Mary F. Miller, Illus 4, 5 Pogonatum urnigerum 4, 5, 40 Polytrichaceae ... 38, 39 Polytrichum commune. ......... 36 “ Jensenii. .......... 43 “ juniperinum. . . . . .35, 36 “ Smithise. 6, 62 “ urnigerum 40 *Porella 14, 93, 94 * “ pinnata 98 * “ platyphylla 98 Pottia 63, 69 “ riparia 69, 70. 71 Preissia 92 Pterigynandrum brachycladon . . 50 “ subcapillatum. . 50 Pterobryum 49 Pterogonium ascendens.. .... 50, 81 “ decumbens 50, 81 subcapillatum 50 Pterygoneuron 63 Pterygoneurum cavifolium in- canum 77, 99 Ptilidium 94 * “ ciliare .. . 98 Ptychomitrium 63 Pylaisia Schimperi 7 Reviews — Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, C. Warns- torf, by Alex. W. Evans .... 75 Harriman Alaska. Expedition, A. M. S 83 Lett’s Hepatics of the British Islands, Marshall A. Howe. 13, 14 Moss Flora of the Upper Min- nesota River, J. M. Holzin- ger, by A. J. Grout; . ..10, 11, 12 Mosses (The) of Java, Max Fleischer, by E. G. Britton. 76 Mosses with Hand-Lens and Microscope, Part II, A. J. Grout, by J. F. Collins .... 63 Musci Boreali-Americani, J. M. Holzinger, by A. J. Grout. 34, 62, 99 Musci in Engler and Prantl, by J. M. Holzinger 76, 77 *Radula 93, 94 * “ complanata 98 Raphidostegium microcarpum . . 80 ‘ ■ recurvans. . . . 60, 78 Raboulia . 92 Rhabdoweissia fugax 99 Rhacomitrium 63 “ ellipticum 41 Rhacomitrium Flettii, n. sp ... 41 Riccardia 93 Riccia 90, 92 Rhododendron flavum 42 “ viscosum ....... 42 Rottleria 69 Rhynchostegium , .... 50 “ serrulatum. ... 78 Saelania 63 Scale Mosses 90. 93 Scapania 93, 94, 95 Schistidium alpicola rivulare . . 62 Schwetschkea denticulata. ...... 30 Sematophyllum delicatulum .... 60 “ Japonica 30 Specific Value of Position of Re- productive Organs in Bryum, A. J. Grout 50, 51 Sphaerocarpus 14 Sphagnum.... ; 61 Stereocaulon 71 * “ condensatum 72 coralloides 71, 72 * “ paschale 72 tomentosum 72 “ “ alpinum 72 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes 36, 67, 99, 100 Syrropodon Floridanus 62 Systegium 8, 9, 10 “ Ludovicianum 9 rostellatum 10 Tetraplodon Australis 62 Thalloid Scale Mosses.. . . .90, 92, 93 Thamnolia . 73 * “ vermicularis 73 subuliformis 73 — 8— Thamnolia vermicularis taurica. 73 Thuidium microphyllum 7 Tortella 68 “ tortuosa 7 Tortulacese 38, 63 Tortula 37, 38, 63 “ Montana 6 * “ pagorum in Georgia, A. J. Grout 64, 65 * “ papillosa .... 65 “ ruralis 6 “ subulata 37 Trematodon . . . . . 63 “ longicollis 99 Trichocolea 94 Trichostomum 63 “ cylindricum 7 indigens ... 30 “ mutabile 8 tophaceum ...... . 99 “ Warnstorfii. .69, 70, 71 True Liverworts ... 99 Ulota eoarctata . . . 15 “ Ludwigii 15 Webera 38 AUTHOR’ Bailey, Dr. John W 51, 66 Barbour, Wm. C 18 Brotherus, V. F 31, 32 Britton, Elizabeth G. . . 14 ,15, 48, 49, 50, 59, 60, 61, 69, 70, 71, 76, 78 Cardot, Jules 30, 31, 80, 81 Clarke, Cora H 74 Collins, J. Franklin. . . 32, 33, 44, 68 Cresson, Ezra T. Jr 51, 52 Doran, Genevieve 67 Evans, Alexander W 68, 75 Fink, Bruce 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 53, 51, 55, 56, 57, 58, 85, 86, 87, 88 Gilbert, Anna E 35, 36 Gilbert, B. D 61, 62 Webera carinata 43 * “ Lachenaudii . . . 66, 99 “ lutescens 66 “ proligera 43 “ sessilis 38 ‘ ‘ Tozeri 99 Weisia .33, 63. 69 “ amblyodon 33 “ Bruchiana 83 “ controversa . 32 “ stenocarpa . 33 “ fallax 33 “ gymnostomoides. . 33 “ humilis . . 33 “ microstoma 33 *■ mucronata .32, 33, 44 “ mucronulata 8 . 32, 33, 44 “ Rudolphiana 33 “ viridula 8, 32, 74 “ Wimmeriana 43 Weissias.... 40 Weissia nigrita 40 When Doctors Disagree, Eliza- beth G. Britton 78 INDEX. Grout, A. J. .5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 31, 34, 37, 38, 39, 40, 44, 50, 51, 62, 64. 65, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Harris, Carolyn W .... .1. 2, 3, 4, 17, 18, 45, 46, 47, 48, 66, 71, 72, 73 Holzinger, John M 8, 9, 10. 16, 28, 36, 41, 42, 43, 44, 76, 77 Howe, Marshall A. 13, 14 Lowe, Josephine D 77 Miller. Mary F 4, 5, 99 Small, John K 81 Smith, Annie Morrill.. . .15, 52, 67, 79 Towle, Phebe M. 35, 36 Warner, Edith A 17 Wheeler, Harriet 16, 17 rnruu UTJTJTJTHJXriJTJTJaJTJTnjTJTJTJTJTrLmTJTJ^r^ VOLUME VII. NUMBER 1 5 €1 JANUARY, 1904 g|r The BKYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS Lichens — Peltigera* ( Illustrated ) . Pogonatum urnigerum, (. Illustrated ) Notes on Vermont Mosses, . Carolyn W. Harris Mary F. Miller A. J. Grout The Genus Hymenostomum in North America, John M. Holzinger 7 Moss Flora of the Upper Minnesota River, ( Trans. ) A. /. Grout 10 Lett’s Hepatics of the British Islands, ( A Review ) Marshall A. Howe 12 Papillaria nigrescens, (. Illustrated ) . Elizabeth G. Britton 14 Corrections, 15 Annual Report of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, . 15 List of Sullivant Moss Chapter Members, ... 18 Offerings and Chapter Notes Continued on Cover. p Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail h P matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. C [3 Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. ^ mjTm-mjTTLnjTJTJijTjTruLn-njTJiJTJTJLnj^^ PRESS OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CUFF STREET. NEW YORK THE BRYOLOGIST BIMONTHLY JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS. ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Subscription Price, $1.00 a year. 20c. a copy. Four issues 1898, 35c. Four issues 1899, 35c. Together, eight issues, 50c. Four issues 1900, 50c. Four issues 1901, 50c. Four Vols. $1.50 Six issues 1902, $1.00. Six issues 1903, $1.00. Short articles and notes on mosses solicited from all students of the mosses. Address manu- script to A. J. Grout. Boys’’ High School , Brooklyn , N. Y. Address all inquiries and sub- scriptions to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith , 78 Orange Street , Brooklyn , N. Y. For adver- tising space address Mrs. Smith. Check , except N. Y. City , MUST contain 10 cents extra for Clearing House charges. Copyrighted 1904, by Annie Morrill Smith. THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. President, Prof. J. M. Holzinger, Winona, Minn. Vice-President, Mrs. C. W. Harris* 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller. 1109 M Street, Washington, D. C. Treasurer, Mrs. Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dues $1.10 a year, this includes a subscription to The Bryologist. All interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens by correspondence are invited to join. Send dues direct to the Treasurer. For further information address the Secretary. — The — — — — Journal of the Maine Ornithological Society With the January, 1904, Number Begins its Seventh Volume A Quarterly Journal all about Maine Birds You should have Mr. Arthur H. Norton’s papers on “The Finches Found in Maine” and the series of papers on “The Warblers Found in Maine,” written up by four of the members of the Society. These alone well worth the price of a year’s subscription. Subscription, Fifty Cents per Annum ^ '-C Fifteen Cents per Copy Send stamps for Sample Copy to J. MERTON SWAIN, Business Manager J* J* FAIRFIELD, MAINE All About the Wild-flowers THERE is only one publication about the wild-flowers and that is The American Botanist. It does not publish technical articles, and uses the common names of plants whenever possible. Full of notes on the haunts, habits, fra- grance, uses, and products of plants. Every plant-lover should have it. Monthly, $1.00 a year. Sample for a 2-cent stamp. Address, THE AMERICAN BOTANIST Binghamton, N. Y. ' * •' ■fi. " Plate I. Pel tig era canina. THE BRYOLOGIST. Vol. VII. January, 1904. No. if LICHENS— PELTIGERA. Carolyn W. Harris. The genus Peltigera is one of the most common among the lichens. While its range is generally northern, some species are found in all parts of our globe where conditions are favorable to their growth. In Europe and North America there are several species which are very abundant. Some of the Peltigeras resemble closely some species of Nephroma, but the fruit is borne on the upper side of the extended lobes of the thallus instead of on the under side as in Nephroma. It is very difficult to determine the different species when sterile because of the great similarity of the thallus. A well known lichenist says “it is impossible to do so with certainty.” The thallus is large, with rounded lobes, quite thick and soft when fresh, becoming brittle when dried. The color is bluish or brownish green, which changes to brown or brownish gray when dried. The lower surface is light brown, with conspicuous veining, and has usually long, hair-like rhizoids which cling so closely to the substratum, especially when growing on moss, that it is difficult to separate them. The apothecia are usually large and are terminal upon the extended lobes of the thallus. When young they are peltate, but in many species are revolute when fully developed. The different species of Peltigera are found on damp, mossy rocks and on the earth, often growing with mosses. They require a great deal of moisture; when dry they shrivel and become very brittle. After a rain when the cells are filled with water they unfold like a flower and are more than doubled in size. Peltigeras are supposed to be of rather slow growth and probably they are until they are well started, after that they increase rapidly. One I transplanted a year ago is now two thirds larger than it was at that time and is fruiting abundantly. No doubt many of the lichens which have been generally considered of slow growth have not been carefully observed for any length of time. Any one interested in the lichens having the opportunity of studying one particular specimen throughout an entire year, or even longer, and carefully keeping an account of its growth, fruiting, any change in form or color, would be doing an educational work. Peltigera venosa (L.) Hoffm. Thallus small, erect, ovate to fan The November Bryologist was issued November 2d, 1903. — 2 — shaped, with broad, flat lobes on whose edges are borne the apothecia. The thallus is covered with a powdery bloom, in color it is a gray green, fre- quently turning a reddish brown when pressed. The under surface is nearly white, with dark brown felt-like branching veins traversing the sur- face of the thallus and growing into a thick mat at the center. The apothecia are large, round and flat, and are found on the slightly elongated lobes of the upper side of the thallus. The disk is dark brown or black, orbicular, the margin thick with finely serrate edges. P. venosa is a small, but handsome species; it is rare in the Eastern States, but quite common in the far west, grows on wet, clayey, or argil- laceous soil, often in the crevices of rocks near waterfalls. Peltigera aphthosa the center form a close black nap. The apothecia are large and round, borne on the ascending lobes of the thallus ; when developed they become revolute and curl around these extended lobes. P. aphthosa is a large and common species, is found on rocks among mosses and on the earth. It is easily distinguished from the other Peltigeras by the wart-like depressions on the upper side; in some specimens these are quite large and crowded, in others they are small and scattered. Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. This species resembles both P. canina and P . polydactyla , but the thallus is smooth, not downy as in P. canina , nor polished as in P. polydactyla. The thallus is large, in color is greenish to reddish brown. The »under side is about the same color, is covered with dark veins which soon coalesce and form a dark brown felt-like nap. The fibrils are few and short, and almost black. The apothecia are on the scarcely elongated lobes: they are oblong, hori- zontal, rather large; the disk is reddish brown, with a finely serrated margin. P. horizontalis is not so common a species as P. canina and is found in the same localities; it is usually fertile. (L.)Hoffm. Fig. i. The thallus of this species is large, smooth, rather soft, and covered with scattered appressed dark, irregularly shaped warts. The lobes are broad and round. The color an apple green turning to a dull green ; when dried is usually a light yellow brown. The under surface is cream color, with reticulated blackish veins, which at Fig. i. Peltigera aphthosa X o. Peltigera polydac- tyla (Neck) Hoffm. Fie:. 2. Thallus large, very smooth and thin, with a somewhat pol- ished surface; the lobes are broad and round with slightly crisped margins. The color is a bright grass green, becoming lead color or brown when pressed. The under side is light brown, with tufts of dark brown fibrils, the reticulated veins are a light brown, turning much darker toward the center. The apotheciaare usually large and revo- lute, digitately clustered and are borne on the extended lobes of the thallus. The disk is reddish brown, with a crenate margin of lighter color. The habitat of this species is rocks and decaying wood; it is a common one throughout the United States. Peltigera scutata (Dicks.) Leight. The thallus of P . scutata is small, quite thin and somewhat rough; the color is a dull green, becoming a light reddish brown. The lobes are narrow and crisped, with frequently gray soredia on the margins. The under side is almost white with light brown veins which forms a spongy nap. The apothecia are small and are found on the short and somewhat scat- tered lobes of the thallus ; the disk is a dark, dull brown. P. scutata is found on rocks and earth with mosses. It is not a rare species, but not so common as many others of the Peltigeras. Peltigera pltlverulenta (Tayl.) Nyl. Thallus not as large as in P. polydactyla , it is furrowed and pitted, thin and somewhat granulated, has short, crisped lobes. In color is a grayish green, soon turning to a greenish brown. The under side is light brown, with veins of the same color which toward the center coalesce, forming a close nap. The fertile lobes are narrow and compressed, on these are borne the medium sized apothecia, which are round, with dark brown disks : fruiting specimens are rare. P. pulverulenta is found in both the Eastern and Western States, but is not a common species; it grows on rocks and earth in very moist localties. Peltigera rufescens (Neck.) Hoffm. This species so closely resembles 4 — P. canina that they are often confused. The thallus of P. rufescens is not so downy as P. canina , it is more rigid and the lobes are narrower and more crowded, they are elevated and crisped. In color it is a greenish gray, becoming a dark reddish brown. The under surface has brown reticulated veins and dark brown fibrils. The apothecia are usually large, oblong and finally revolute; the disk is a dark chestnut. This species, like most of the Peltigeras, is found on rocks and earth with mosses. Peltigera canina (L,) Hoffm. Plate I. Thallus rather large, some- times very large, is thin and tough, but soft and limp, is downy and often furrowed. In some specimens the thallus is smooth, except at the margins of the flat, rounded lobes, where it is wavy. In color it is grayish or brown- ish green. The under surface is a very light brown, almost white, with vertical veins and fibrils of the same color ; these are short and thick giving a sponge like appearance. The apothecia are quite large, at first are round and flat, but soon are somewhat revolute and elongated. P. canina is a common species, is found on moist earth and on rocks. When pressed its color changes more than that of any other species of Pelti- gera; it loses all traces of green and becomes a reddish or russet brown. It is a widely distributed species, growing in Europe from Lapland to Switzer- land, and throughout North and South America. Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. var. spongiosa Tuck. This variety, which is subalpine, corresponds to P. canina in general characteristics, the thallus is thinner, more brittle, and the under surface is covered with a close nap of white fibrils, which changes toward the center to darker reticulated veining. In some specimens these nap-like fibrils are quite long. A large mat of P . spongiosa was collected by Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton at Rifle Notch, Essex Go., New York, which when fresh had fibrils a quarter of an inch long. The upper side of the thallus was a delicate gray green, the lobes were long and hroad. POCjONATUM URNIGERUM (L.) BEAUV. Mary F. Miller. There is a railroad embankment near Shandaken, N. Y., where this moss is very abundant. This summer, on the 14th of July, I found thousands of the young sporophytes just making their appearance (Fig. 1). The blackened setae and capsules of the previous year were still attached to many of the plants. It was nearly two months, Sept. 9th, before the cap- sules were matured (Fig. 2 ). While collecting some of these fertile plants I noticed that a number of calyptras seemed to be turned inside out. and to stand straight up from the tips of the opercula. Examining the plants, I found calyptras in all stages of departure. It seems as though the calyptra makes ready to depart by an upward movement of all except its top (Fig.1 3), that seems to sink in, or rather, the upper portion of the calyptra is so bunched — 5 — Plate II. Pogonatum urnigerum. up around it, that it gives it that appearance (Fig. 4.) : and so the process goes on, until finally the calyptra is turned completely inside out (Fig. 5.). It is remarkable how long these frail things remain in this last position. I kept some of the plants moist four or five days, and even handled them some- what roughly, before the calyptras fell off. When dried, they fall immedi- ately. Washington, D. C. NOTES ON VERMONT MOSSES. A. J. Grout. I. Recent Additions to the List of Vermont Mosses. The following list of species new to Vermont is based mostly on my col- lections made during the summers of 1902 and 1903. A few of the addi- tions are specimens that have been some time in my herbarium but which have only recently been determined. A critical study of a portion of Frost’s collection, while preparing Part II of my “ Mosses with Hand-Lens and Microscope,” resulted in two or three finds, and doubtless there are more to be made when the whole collection shall be carefully studied. This is the third additional list since the original list was published in 1898. The second addition was published in Rhodora for Sept. 1902. I am — 6 — J greatly indebted to Dr. G. N. Best for assistance in determining some of the most difficult specimens. In fact Dr. Best facetiously told me at one time that if there were more specimens in Vermont like those 1 had been sending him, I would better move to some other state. Buxbaumia indusiata Brid. Willoughby. Miss Annie Lorenz. Det. Mrs. Britton. Polytrichum Smithiae Grout, Bryologist, May, 1903. Mt. Mansfield. Dicranodontium longirostre (W. &. M.) B. & S. Willoughby. Two stations. Miss Annie Lorenz. Dicranum Bonjeani DeNot. Old roofs, Newfane; swamp, Charlotte, Pringle. Ditrichum homomallum (Hedw. ) Hampe var. Det. Dr. Best. Clefts in rocks in cool ravine, Newfane. Barbula gracilis (Schleich.) Schwaegr. Crevices of limestone rocks, Brattleboro. Frost. Fide L. & J. Manual, p. 127. Tortula ruralis (L.) Ehrh. Dry limestone rocks at base of cliffs, No. Pownal, Vt. A. LeRoy Andrews. Determined as Tortula montana by Dr. Best, but the leaf cells are fully 0.013 mm. in the upper portion so that it seems almost certain that the plants are depauperate specimens of the polymorphous T. ruralis. Grimmia ambigua Sulliv. Frost’s G. Donii var. sudetica proves to be almost typical G. ambigua. G. apocarpa gracilis (Schleich.) Web. & Mohr. Cliffs, Glebe Mt., New- fane. G. apocarpa rivularis (Brid. ) Web. & Mohr. Common. G. conferta Funck. var. Limestone ledges, Stratton. G. conferta obtusifolia Schimp. Dry limestone cliffs, Snake Mt. G. Pennsylvania Schwaegr. Drydedges, Jamaica. G. Pennsylvanica Bestii n. var. Growing in short, wide, loose tufts on stone in walls and on ledges in open fields. The stems are less than 5 mm. high ; the leaves are shorter with shorter hair points and frequently with lamina of a single layer throughout. The lower leaf cells are characteris- tically sinuose as in the species. The leaves bear on the back numerous bodies which look like propagula, but which Mrs. Britton and Dr. Howe believe to be a species of Alga. This form is very common in Newfane and the surrounding towns, and for several years I have been attempting to locate it. Very likely it will prove to be a good species and if so it should be called G. Bestii. Orthotrichum obtusifolium Schrad. On the bark of maple and pear trees, Newfane. O. Schimperi Hamm. On maple trees, Brandon. Miss Harriet Wheeler. O. speciosum Nees. Frequent on fruit trees, Newfane. Bryum capillare L. On rocks, Brattleboro, Frost; Guilford, Mrs. J. B. Clapp. Amblystegium Juratzkanum Schimp. In an old cellar hole. Alt. 1,600 — 7 — ft. Newfane. Det. L. S. Cheney. Fabroleskea Austinii (Sulliv.) Best. On pear tree with various species of Orthrotrichum, Hypnum reptile and Pylaisia Schimperi. The species covered about a square inch, and would have been overlooked with ordinary scrutiny but the tree on which it grew was carefully studied from my notes on moss habitats. It was distinguished from Pylaisia because the leaves were not homomallous, and from Hypnum reptile by the straight capsules. Det. Dr. G. N. Best. Heterocladium squarrosulum (Voit.) Lindb. Det. Dr. Best. Abund- ant and fruiting on humus over moist stones, Ball Mt., Townshend. Not before reported from eastern United States except Mt. Washington, and has been collected in fruit but twice before in North America. Issued as No. 169 of my N. A. Musci Pleurocarpi but wrongly identified as Thuidium in icrophy llum. Leskea nervosa nigrescens (Kindb.) Best. Abundant on bases of sugar maple and other rough barked hardwoods in Newfane. No. 175, N. A. Musci Pleurocarpi. Neckera complanata (L.) Hueben. Willoughby. Miss Annie Lorenz. Det. Mrs. Britton. II. Notes on Species Previously Listed. Atrichum crispum James. I feel sure that this is a mistake in Frost’s list for there is a specimen of this species in his collection, but it is from New Jersey. I find no specimens of this species so far inland. Grimmia unicolor. In fruit. Brattleboro. Frost. Barbula convoluta. Newport. Faxon. Trichostomum cylindricum (Bruch.) C. M. {Didymodon cylindricus B. & S.). No Vt. specimens can be found. The specimen listed from Rock Point proves to be Tortella tortuosa (L.) Limpr. (. Barbula tortuosa Web. & Mohr.). Bryum Duvallii. Swampy soil. Alt. 1,600 feet, Newfane. Mnium hornum. Abundant along Clear Brook, Dover. Leskea nervosa. A depauperate form with numerous flagella at the ends of some of the branches, is very common about the bases of trees in Newfane. Gymnostomum rupestre Schleich. The only Vermont specimen cor- rectly referred to this species is the one collected by Faxon at the foot of Mt. Hore cliffs, June 23, 1884. Most of the other specimens referred to this species are G. curvirostrum (Ehrh.) Hedw. var. scabrum Lindb. which has been collected at Rock Point, Burlington, by myself, and much earlier by Mr. Pringle on the “ Cliffs of Lake Champlain.” This var. is readily recognized by its papillose stems. G. curvirostrum has dark red-brown capsules, G. rupestre pale yellowish brown capsules. THE GENUS HYMENOSTOMUM IN NORTH AMERICA. John M. Holzinger. Have we this genus in North America ? This depends somewhat on the point of view. I think we have here a moss which in Europe passes for a Hymenostomum. Hymenostomum R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc., 1819. The following is the historical view of this genus drawn up by Prof. Limpricht in Laubmoose, 1, p. 223, 224: “ Hymenostoinum (membrane-mouth or-orifice), founded on Gymnostosmum microstomum Hedw. , is characterized by the author as a natural genus not merely by reason of characteristic external appear- ance but by reason of the structure of the capsule. The authors of Bryologia Germanica (1823) emphasize its affinity with Weisia viri- dula , and they include besides H. rutilans (Hedw.), also H. squctrrosum Bryol. Germ., H. obliquum N. v. E., H. brachycarpon Bryol. Germ., H. subglobosum Bryol. Germ., and H. crispatum Bryol. Germ.; however the last species is withdrawn again in 1831 by the authors in Bryol. Germ., if. 2. p. 33. Huebener in 1833 considers H. obliquum and H. brachycarpon as varieties, recognizes Phascum rostellatum Brid. as a Hy7nenostomumy designates it however as H. 7nicrosto7num var. (3. mutilatu7n Heuben. In Bry. Eur., 1846, Gy77inosto77tu7n tortile Schwaegr. is after Fuernroh’s example described as a Hy77/ienostomu7n, however H. rutilans (Hedw.) is made a synonym of Weisia 77iucronulata Bruch., and H. subglobostwi Bryol. Germ, a synonym of Weisia 'viridula ; further H. rostellatum is treated as an Asto77iU77i, and by error H. crisp atimi Bryol. Germ, is also removed. C. Mueller in his Synopsis (1849) treated Hy?nenosto77tit77i as a subgenus of Weisia\ so also Juratzka (1882). Schimper in i860 puts it as a subgenus, under Gy7miosto77ium, yet G. rostellatu7n is counted in; in the second edition of the Synopsis (1876) it is again raised to the rank of a genus and H. un - guiculatum Phil, is added: by gross error H. crispatU77i Bryol. Germ, and H. 7nurale (Spruce) are placed here. In Milde, who followed Lindberg, the genus is withdrawn in 1869, and its species are thrown in the subgenus Euweisia C. Muell, emend. Lindberg, in 1879. considered Hymenosto7num , including Euweisia C. Muell. and Asto77iU77t (Systegiinn.) as a subgenus of Mollia Schrank emend., a genus which in respect to structure of capsule and the anatomy of its stem and of leaf costa comprises in its limits diverse ele- ments. Since according to present views a valid taxonomic arrangement cannot be founded on the structure of vegetative organs merely, Hyiiienosta- mu77i is entitled to generic rank, for here in the so-called hymenium of the spore case we find a structure which has its analogue only in the “drum- » head,” (the epiphragm or diaphragm) of the Polytrichacese. Strictly speak- ing H. 77iicrostomum and H. squarrosu7n are the only representatives within our territory, for H. rostellatu77i may be viewed as an Asto7nu7n and H. tortile probably does not belong here at all. That H unguiculatu7n Phil, represents a Trichosto7nu77i 77iutabile with rudimentary peristome is known; yet Hy77ienosto77iu77i Mue l leri Bruch from Corsica (Flora, 1829, t. 2 — 9 -- f. ]), judging from the scant material which I examined, I consider a good species. This view is also supported by the description of this species in DeNot. Epil. p. 606.” This historical review is of interest and indeed is essential to a right understanding of what I wish to say regarding a moss which has given me not a little trouble since I found it in April, 1901. It is th e Astomum sp.' mentioned in “Some Notes on Collecting” in the Bryologist 6: March, 1903. In November last I found this same moss on the banks of the Mississippi, on Prairie Island, some three miles above Winona. This last collection included many with immature but well nourished and developed capsules, also quite a few fully ripe ones, full of spores. These ripe capsules showed clearly a tendency to a ring of modified cells separating the lid. In February 1902, 1 sent some of the plants collected on the bluff to Mr. Ernest Salmon, at the Kew Herbarium, to have a comparison made with Phascnm subexser- tum Hook. , the type of which I had reason to expect at Kew. Shortly after Mr. Salmon wrote that P. subexsertum Hook, cannot now be found. Meanwhile the discovery of a separable lid on the fresh material found, makes it clear that the plant is not a Phascum nor an Astomum but a Hymenosto - mum. I make it with considerable confidence close to, if not identical with, Hymenostomum rostellatum (Brid) Schimp. I reached this conclusion after a painstaking comparison of the plant with Limpricht’s description, Laubmoose, p. 224, 225, and with an Italian plant collected near Milan by Mr. F. A. Artaria. Size of spores, cells of exothecium, leaf areolation and shape, all agree perfectly. In both plants the lid separation is equally well indicated. Both lack however the crucial mark, the hymenium , whether on account of immaturity or for whatever other reason I cannot tell. Not satisfied that my Italian plants were typical H. rostellatum I sent the Minnesota plant to the New York Botanical Garden for comparison with typical European material if possible. Mrs. E. G. Britton very kindly com- pared the plants, not only favoring me with her judgment but she also sent me a plant or two of each, enough for comparison, of Astomum multicap- sulare , Systegium ( Astomum ) Ludovicianum Sulliv. , and No. 766 of Crypto. Gerv. des Fichtelgebirges, Phascum rostellatum Brid., collected by H. C. Funck. Mrs. Britton correctly points out that No. 766 has a somewhat longer beak than my plant but otherwise it is identical. I can however not agree that it is not near Systegium Ludovicianum which has the same leaves and spores of the same size exactly, but its beak is just a trifle shorter. The tendency to a separable lid is here also noticeable, and the convic- tion has grown on me that Systegium Ludovicianum and Hymenostomum rostellatum are practically identical, the beak being of somewhat variable length on the material of my own collections, approaching on the one hand the short beak on the single capsule I have seen of Drummond’s southern plant (New Orleans, 1841) communicated as Systegium Ludovicianum , and on the other hand the somewhat longer beaked plants from the Fichtelge- birge in Europe, the Italian plants holding in this respect the same middle place as my plants. It should be stated that so far as I could measure the — IO spores on tbe plants sent me by Mrs. Britton I found them to agree exactly in size and rough surface with my plant and that fjrom Italy, but that instead of being 17-22 // as Limpricht records, p. 225 of Vol. I., they are uniformly a little larger, measuring 26-30//. What I have now stated will make clear why I think Hooker and Wilson were probably right when they referred our American plants to H. rostella- tum to which Lesquereux and James did not agree, retaining Sullivant’s name (see the Manual, p. 52, under A. Ludovicianum). To be sure Lim- pricht in his historical sketch tells us that Hymenostomum rostellatum may also be conceived as an Astomum (referring to the European form) which illuminates Hooker and Wilson’s name Phascum crispum rostellatum , but judging from his practice (See Vol. I., p. 224) he himself considers it a Hymenostoznum. According to this view Astomum (or Systegium) Ludo- vicianum Sulliv. becomes a synonym of Hymenostomum rostellatum (Brid ) Schimp., in addition to the list given by Limpricht. On the other hand if the plant is to be referred to the genus Astomum Hampe., or Systegium Schimp., where it may stand with perfect propriety, since here also the lid is ,l distinctly formed but not easily detached,” it should be called: Asto- mum rostellatum Bry. Eur. , or Systegium rostellatum Boulay in Muscinees delEst.,p. 586(1872). That Hooker and Wilson referred the plant to Phascum ( Astomum ) crispum as a variety, is very suggestive of the close similarity of the vegeta- tive organs, and a look at Limpricht’s synonyms of the European form, ever since Bridel described it as a Phascum, is sufficient to show its ambiguous position. The frequently clustered capsules of the species are referred to, both by Limpricht and in Lesquereux and James, and the somewhat more vigorous and branching habit of Sullivant's plants is purely local, judging from the several American specimens examined. The difference in length of operculum, the European plant being on the whole a. little longer beaked, is not emphasized either in plate 12, Bry. Eur., or in Sullivant’s leone, plate 12, a comparison of which shows how slight is this difference, so slight indeed that one would not care to base even a variety on it. Winona, Minn. (Taken from Minnesota Botanical Studies as Reprinted July 3, 1903.) THE MOSS FLORA OF THE UPPER MINNESOTA RIVER BY JOHN M. HOLZINGER. A. J. Grout. This is an interesting report based on collections made under the auspices of the Minnesota Botanical Survey and lists ninety-six species, of which nearly one-half are new to the State, including six new species, five of which are by Cardot and Theriot. Two of these new species are forms con- fessedly near Hypnum riparium, That the polymorphous riparium might be segregated into several fairly well defined groups is almost certain, but it hardly seems worth while, from a scientific point of view, to found new — II — species on specimens from a single collection or two collections from neigh- boring localties even. Following are the descriptions of the new species translated from the Latin. These descriptions of all the species are accompanied by good illus- trations. Bryum Minnesotense Card. & Ther. Dioicous, densely cespitose: stems 5-10 mm. high, erect, radiculose, with numerous innovations ; stem leaves erect-open when moist, appressed when dry, about 2 by 1-1.5 mm., ovate-lanceolate, short acuminate, entire or denticulate at apex, costa excurrent, margins revolute from base to apex; basal leaves larger, longer acuminate, somewhat twisted when dry: basal cells hyaline, elongated rectangular, medial and upper short-hexagonal, strongly chlorophyllose, marginal linear in 4-5 rows forming a distinct bor- der. Seta 2-2.5 mm. long, usually bent at base; capsule subhorizontal or cernuous, oblong-pyriform with a long plicate neck when dry; operculum conic: annulus broad, exostome as in B. pendulum , 0.36 mm. high, inner lamellae anastomosing. Endostome adherent, cilia not appendiculate. Spores 19-20 ju. Antheridial plants unknown. Differs from B . pendulum by its narrower, longer capsule, provided with a longer neck, longer cilia and dioicous inflorescence. At Granite Falls (June 13, 14, 1901). Bryum Holzingeri Card. & Ther. Closely related to the preceding from which it differs in the synoicous inflorescence, leaves narrower at base with margin less longly revolute, plane above, acumen longer, more distinctly denticulate at apex, median cells about twice longer, margin broader, composed of 6-7 rows of cells. Capsule longer and narrower for its length. The longer and narrower capsule distinguishes this species from B. pendulum. At Cedar Lake (June 18), Hartford (June 27) Foster (June 29, 1901). Catharinaea Macmillani Holz. Dioicous, archegonial heads only found. Plants not branching, reach- ing 2 cm. in length; leaves involute and circinate when dry, erect-open when moist, margin bistratose and constructed of two rows of cells, serrate with paired teeth; lamellae 7-10, 8-12 cells high, the terminal cell lightly papil- lose. Other characters not known. This species is at once distinguished by its papillose leaves. It is dedi- cated to Prof. Conway MacMillan, director of the Minnesota Botanical Sur- vey. On ground near Ortonville (June 25, 1901). Note — The original spelling of the generic name is Catharinaea , not Catharinea. Fontinalis obscura Card. Plants rather soft, obscurely green to dark green, blankish below, stems 10-15 cm. high, flexuous, denuded at base, irregularly or pinnately brancUed, branches patent to patulous, obtuse or short cuspidate; leaves rather densely foliate, slighly concave, rather soft erecto-patent, imbricated at the — 12 — apex of stems and branches, fragile, often ragged or broken off, stem leaves ovate to oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or short acuminate, entire 3-3 5 by 0.9- 1.2 mm., branch leaves narrower, 2. 1-3.5 by .6-85 mm. ; alar cells subquad- rate or oblong, not strongly differentiated, others linear, subflexuous, upper sbprter, all chlorophyllose. Other characters unknown. Seems to be related to F Novae- Angliae Sulliv., but readily distin- guished'from this species by the leaves (chiefly the branch leaves) which are narrower, longer acuminate, entire at apex, and by the much smaller and less distinct alar cells. It belongs to the section Helerophyllae . In the Minnesota River Channel, at Granite Falls (July 12, 1901). Amblystegium brachyphyllum Card & Ther. -^■Related to A. ripariuni from which it differs in its shorter ovate-lance- olate leaves, 1 -,6-1.7 by 0.7 mm., short acuminate, apex obtuse or subobtuse; costa strong, broader at base, 50-80/4 wide, extending 2/3 or 3/4 the length of leaf; median cells linear, 70-90/4. Fruit unknown. By the blunt or subobtuse acumen this moss resembles A. vacillans Sulliv., but it has much shorter and broader leaves. From A. brevipes Card. & Ther., it is well distinguished by the larger size, the blunt acumen, the longer and narrower cells, and the stronger costa. The polymorphous A. ripariuni constitutes a vast group of forms, some of which are constant enough and are sufficiently characterized to be considered as secondary or tertiary species; such are A. Kochii B. & S., A. vacillans Sulliv., A. brachyphyllum and A. brevipes Card. & Ther., A. floridanum Ren. & Card., and probably A. argillicola Lindb. Granite Falls (July 15, 1901), Amblystegium brevipes Card. & Ther. In the A. ripariuni section of the genus ; stems slender, creeping, branches short, leaves erect-open, about 1.2 by 0.6 mm., broadly ovate,, short-acuminate, entire ; costa narrow, 30/4 wide at base, vanishing beyond the middle, often extending 273-3/4 the length of the leaf; areolation lax, basal cells rectangular, some quadrate, median subhexagonal, 55-70 by 12-15/4, upper shorter and broader; perichaetial leaves broadly ovate, sud- denly narrowed into a slender acumen, often irregularly denticulate at base of acumen; costa extends beyond the middle; seta short, capsule oblong- arcuate, constricted under the mouth when dry: operculum conic. This species differs from small forms of A. riparium by the shortly acuminate leaves, the looser areolation, the shape of the perichaetial leaves, and the short pedicel. A species from the Caucasus, A. argillicola Lindb.. of which we know only the description published by Dr. V. F. Brotberus in his valuable paper, “ Enumeratio Muscorum Caucasi,” Seems to be nearer tO' this species but still stands distinct from it by its leaves which are minutely ► denticulate from almost the base, its longer costa vanishing below the apex, and its narrower perichaetial bracts, with a less distinct nerve. Near Montevideo (June 15, 1901); Hartford (June 27, 1901). — 13 — LETT’S HEPATICS OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.* Marshall A. Howe. *H. W. Lett. A list, with descriptive notes, of^all the Hepatics hitherto found in the British Islands. Published by the author, Aghaderg Glebe, Loughbrickland; Co. Down. 1902. Pp.l— VIII-1-90. Price, 7s., 6d. This work, which is a descriptive manual rather than a “list,” is an attempt to popularize the study of the Hepaticae of Great Britain and Ireland. The language of the work, as the author states in the preface, “ is not that usually found in botanical books, and which needs the assistance of a dic- tionary of Botanical terms or a vocabulary, but plain simple English.” The author’s purpose to employ simple language is rather well carried out, though certain terms like “monoicous,” “ dioicous,” and a few others that occur in nearly every description are probably as susceptible to impeach- ment in the. role of “plain simple English” as would be several other telling technical terms that are studiously avoided. The use of the metric system for measurements, which deserves speedily to become “ plain English,” even though not generally considered so at present, is to be commended. In general plan and typography, the book suggests Dixon and Jame- son’s popular Handbook of British Mosses, and like that, it is a work that will prove of service to. the American as well as to the British beginner in the study of bryophytes. But unhappily for the less experienced student, for whom the wrnrk is primarily intended, there are frequent errors or inac- curacies of statement which may mislead rather than help. Some of those have been listed by Mr. Symers M. Macvicar in a review, published in the Journal of Botany for December, 1902. Among those not noted by Mr. Macvicar may be mentioned the following remark under Anthoceros punc- tatus: “When without fruit they might be taken for young states of Pelliar but may be distinguished with aid of a lens, by the absence of true stomata- pores in their surface and by the large cells.” As a matter of fact, the exist- ence of “true stomata-pores ” or pores of any other kind \n Be Ilia has, so far as we know, never before been hinted at by any one, while in the epi- dermis of the Anthocerotaceae there are actually inconspicuous clefts (especially on. the ventral surface) which authors have described as “stom- ata” or “mucilage-slits.” A very important and easily applied test which always serves to distinguish a sterile Anthoceros from a Pellia or any other ' hepatic in the narrower sense, is of course the presence of a single large chlorophyll body in each epidermal cell, while in Pellia each surface cell contains several or many very much smaller chlorophyll-bodies. A further remark of Canon Lett’s, under Anthoceros . Stableri, is that “The species of Anthoceros, if dried, are almost impossible to distinguish from each other.” We cannot say how it may be with A. Stableri , but we have found in prac- tice that Anthoceros punctatus and A. laevis, the other two species of his list, are best distinguished by decided differences in the. nature of the sur- face-markings of the spores and by their color, characters that can be determined as well from dried material as from the living. The arrangement of the genera in some parts of the book evidently fol- — 14 — lows natural relationships, but the sandwiching in of Anthoceros between Sphaerocarpus and Marchantia is even more violent and unnatural than was the now long obsolete placing of the Gymnosperms between the Mono- cotyledons and the Dicotyledons. The nomenclature of the work is, in gen- eral, that which is most familiar to English-speaking students of the Hepa- ticae, but in supporting the efforts of some continental writers to revive Dumortier’s Madotheca in plaee of the Linnaean Porella ,v the author is departing not only from the English, American, and Scandinavian usage of many years’ standing, but also, we believe, from the usage which must eventually prevail elsewhere. The book contains descriptions of several species, the discovery of which in the British Isles was too late for their inclusion in Pearson's admirable monograph. The work, as a whole, in spite of some patent defects, we think will prove useful to the less technically inclined students of the Hepaticae both in the British Isles and in North America. New York Botanical Garden. PAPILLARIA NIGRESCENS (Sw.) JAEG. & SAUERB. Meteorium Nigrescens Mitt. Elizabeth G Britton. The type of this species .was collected and described by Swartz from high mountains in Jamaica and was figured by both Hedwig andSchwaegriclien in the Species Muscorum. Various specimens from Mexico, the West Indies, Venezuela, Florida, and Louisiana have been also called by the same name. Since my note on “ West Indian Mosses in Florida” was published (Bryologist, 6:4, 1903) it has become evident that the description of this species in the Manual is incomplete and misleading and that Leptodon trichomitrion has been and is liable to be mistaken for it. In fact the leaves are very much alike in shape and size, but the cells are different and those of Meteorium are papillose on both sides with three or four minute papillae on each cell. Add to this the fact that the description of the fruit in the Manual is taken from Schwaegrichen’s plate, as there are no fruiting specimens of this species in any herbarium that we have examined, and that all the species of this genus very rarely fruit, most of them being known only from sterile specimens, and we have an added reason for doubt- ing the correctness of referring specimens from Lake Huron to this species. It seems likely that the hairy calyptra in Leptodon trichomitrion , has been the misleading character for confusing it with the description in the Manual. — 15 — The type of Hypnum nigrescens , Sw., is at Stockholm. It is described as being a foot long, with branches an inch long. None of the Florida speci- mens attain this size, and there is another character which is conspicuous in. the Florida specimens which is not mentioned in the original description. These are the denuded flagellate branches shown in the accompanying illus- tration. The leaves fall off, leaving only a tuft at the apex, and this also falls, serving to propagate the species. On account of this character and also because of the more acuminate leaves, Austin distributed No. 533 of his Musci Appalachiani as M. nigrescens var. Donnellii. He had specimens- for comparison from T. P. James and Wolle collected in Jamaica, Mexico and Venezuela. Although he did not publish any description of this variety, the notes in his herbarium show that he thought it sufficiently distinct at one time to be of specific rank. I have recently compared the Florida speci- mens with ones from Jamaica and find that ours have a smaller, narrower leaf, more subulate-acuminate with a narrower base, less auriculate angles which are decurrent with quadrate cells, and the cells of the auricles and apex are longer, less rhomboidal, with more numerous and prominent papillae. The best description of M. nigrescens is given by C. Muller in the Synop- sis Muscorum. Kindberg has described two species from Florida, as he calls the variety Donnellii a sub-species, and refers them both to Papil- laria. He states that P . Donnellii is not distinctly papillose (in this he is mistaken), and describes the flagellate branches Jn P. nigrescens. He is quite right in calling them Papillaria, but I do not believe there are two species in our Southern States and the characters he uses to differentiate the two species may be found in all the specimens I have seen. In fact Muller describes “slender flagellate stolons” in other tropical specimens. As we have very little material except from Florida in our collection, I feel some hesitation in deciding whether the differences are sufficient for even varietal rank, but only comparison with the type will decide this satisfactorily. New, York Botanical Garden. A CORRECTION. In the November number of The Bryologist I wrote Ulota coarctata for Ulota Ludwigii Brid. This was a pure error as coarctata belongs to a different species if used with the generic name Ulota. A. J. Grout. A CORRECTION. Our attention has been called to an error in statement on page 101, in the November, 1903, number; sixth line from the top should read: (8) Leskea tectorum (A. Braun) Lindb. A. M. S. — 16 — ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. PRESIDENT’S REPORT. It is with pleasure that I record the completion of one year of service to the Sullivant Moss Chapter. My duties have doubtless not been any more varied than were those of my predecessors, and I am persuaded that my somewhat critical attitude in regard to mosses sent me for determination has latterly rendered those duties somewhat less arduous than before. This I trust will be appreciated by all the members as a step in the line of progress. I was about to say this and several other things, and bow myself off the pedestal of presidential honor and activity, when our charming secretary announced officially my re-appointment. My previous protests to those in whose hands I was had not availed. It is too late now, and the only way left open to me is to cheerfully and joyously be at the service of the mem- bers for another year. I stand ready to serve the Chapter faithfully accord- ing to my ability and time. John M. Holzinger. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. The membership of the Sullivant Moss Chapter has been strengthened during the year 1903 by the addition to its ranks of eighteen new mem- bers; fifteen have withdrawn, and one member, Miss Edith Barnes, of Northboro, Mass., has died. One hundred and twenty names are now enrolled. The fact that almost constant requisition has been made upon the ser- vices of our expert bryologistsin the determination of difficult questions, and that they have generously responded to demands upon their time and skill, is proof of a commendable degree of interest in the work of the Chapter. Interest, has been further indicated by the number and value of the speci- mens which have been collected in widely separated stations and offered for distribution, and also in the readiness of members in applying for them. Ninety-seven species of mosses, lichens and hepatics have been distributed during the year, The moss herbarium contains about three hundred and forty-five species and varieties, representing one hundred and three genera ; more than seventy new species have been added this year. While the Chapter is under obligations to many others for contribution of specimens, it is especially indebted to Mr. A. J. Hill, of New Westmin- ster, B. C., for rare and beautiful ofles contributed to the several herbaria and for general distribution. The secretary, in retiring from her office, acknowl- edges with much appreciation, the helpful services of those to whom she has looked for assistance, and she will continue to hold in remembrance the pleasant friendly relations which have grown up between her and the many members with whom she has been in correspondence during the past two years. Harriet Wheeler, Secretary. 1.7 — REPORT OF JUDGE OF ELECTIONS, Miss Harriet Whf.eler, December ist, 1903. Secretary Sullivant Moss Chapter. The following report of the election of officers of the Chapter for the year 1904 is respectfully submitted: Whole number of votes cast 14. For President. — Prof. J. M. Holzinger ..14. For Vice-Pres. — Mrs. C. W. Harris 14. For Secretary. — Miss Miller 13. “ “ Miss Wheeler 1. For Treasurer. — Mrs. Smith. 13 “ “ Miss Wheeler 1. Prof. Holzinger, Mrs. Harris, Miss Miller and Mrs. Smith are elected. Edith A. Warner, Judge of Elections. REPORT OF THE TREASURER. The following statement for the year beginning December .1, 1902, and ending December 1, 1903, is respectfully submitted: receipts. By cash in hand December 1, 1902 $ 13.55 By dues from members 125 45 $139.00 disbursements. To Bryologist . $101.70 To postage 7.80 To express 1.15 To Herbarium supplies ... . .88 To stationery 1.90 To printing annual report for 1901 5.00 v “ “ “ *'• 1902 5.00 $123.43 Cash in hand December 1, 1903. 15.57 $139.00 Harriet Wheeler, Treasurer. REPORT OF THE LICHEN DEPARTMENT. It is with pleasure that I can report continued interest in the work on the Lichens. A year ago the Herbarium contained one hundred and seventy speci- mens, representing twenty-seven genera and ninety-five species and vari- eties. At the present time there are two hundred and sixty specimens, representing thirty genera and one hundred and ten species and varieties. Judging from the many specimens sent me for determination and the -18- letters received asking for assistance the interest is certainly increasing in the study of the Lichens. Several members have offered Lichens for distribution, and it is hoped that many more will do so during the coming year. Additions have been made to the Herbarium of a number of interesting specimens from British Columbia, and a set of sixty correctly determined specimens of the genus Cladonia, as well as many others. As suggested in the article on Peltigera, if those interested in the Lichens will systematically study specimens of one particular genus over a period of several months, recording their observations, it will not only be of great assistance to themselves but will be useful to others. I shall be glad to hear from any one regarding his studies. Several have already sent interesting notes which will in time be compiled and published in The Bryologist for the benefit of the lichen students. Respectfully submitted, Carolyn W. Harris. REPORT OF THE HEPATIC DEPARTMENT. During the past year, through the efforts of various members of the Chapter, a goodly number of specimens have been added to the herbarium It now contains, in round numbers,- 300 specimens, representing about 250 species. A large part of these are from foreign sources, and much of the material has been examined by the best hepaticologists of the day. It is earnestly hoped that during the coming year, it can be brought up to at least 500 specimens, and to this end the cordial cooperation of all mem- bers is urged. It is also suggested that some plan be arranged by which the Chapter herbarium may be made directly available to the members. During the past year the writer has, of necessity, been slow in answer- ing inquiries concerning hepatics, but hopes to be able to make prompt replies in this matter hereafter. Let every member make an effort to collect some hepatics for the Chap- ter herbarium ; and, if possible, for the distribution. Even common species are desired. Respectfully submitted, William C. Barbour. LIST OF MEMBERS. Adams, Miss Carrie E Hinsdale, N. H. Adams, Mr. F. M 361 Madison street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Ainslie, Mr. Charles N First National Bank, Rochester, Minn. Ames, Mr. Oakes Ames Botanical Library, N. Easton, Mass. Anderson, Mr. John A High School, Dubuque, Iowa. Anthony, Mrs. Emilia C Gouverneur, N. Y. 19 — Bade, Dr. Wm. F Bailey, Dr. J. W Bailey, Miss H. B Barbour, Mr. Wm. C Barnes, Prof. Charles R. . Best, Dr. George N Billings, Miss Elizabeth. . . Bonser, Mr. Thomas A . . Britton, Mrs. Elizabeth G. Brown, Mr. Edgar Bruce, Mr. C. S Bryant, Miss E. B Carr, Miss C. M Carter, Mrs. R. H ...... Chamberlain, Mr. Edw. B Chapin, Mrs. L. N Chase, Mrs. Agnes Chase, Mr. Virginius H. . . Cheney, Prof. L. S Choate, Miss Alice D Clapp, Mrs. J. B Clarke, Miss Cora H Clark, Mr. H. S. Clarke, Mrs. Sarah L .... Collins, Mr. J. Franklin. . . Coomes, Mrs. Laura M . . . . Craig, Mr. T Cresson, Mr. Ezra T., Jr. . Crockett, Miss Alice L . . . . Cummings, Miss Clara E . . Curtis, Mrs. Elizabeth B.. Cushman, Miss Mary H . , . Dacy, Miss Alice E Demetrio, Rev. Charles H Doran, Miss Genevieve. . . Dupret, Mr. H .... Eaton, Mr. Alvah H Eby, Mrs. Amelia F Edwards, Prof. Arthur M. Evans, Dr. Alex. W Fink, Prof. Bruce Fletcher, Mr. S. W Garver, Mr. H. B Gerritson, Mr. Walter. . . . Gilbert, Mr. B. D Gilman, Mr. Charles W. . . . Gilson, Miss Helen S Graves, Mr. James A Gregory, Mrs. H. T Greenalch, Mr. Wallace. . . Greever, Mr. C. O Grout, Dr. A. J — Hadley, Mrs. Sarah B Harris, Mrs. Carolyn W. . . Harris, Mr. Wilson P Haughwout, Miss Mary R. Haynes, Miss Caroline C. . Univ. of California, Berkeley. Cal. The Arcade, Seattle, Wash. 830 Amsterdam avenue, N. Y. City. Sayre, Pa. ...Dept. Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. Rosemont, N. J. Woodstock, Ver. Carey, WTyandot Co., Ohio. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City. Div. of Botany, Dept. Agric. , Washington, D. C. Shelburne, IN ova Scotia. ... ... 32 Reedsdale street, Allston, Mass. South Sudbury, Mass. .37° Church street, Laconia, N. H. Cumberland Center, Me. 11 East 32d street, N. Y. City. .... 59 Florida Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. Wady Petra, Stark Co., 111. Barron, Barron Co., Wis 3,4°° Morgan street, St. Louis, Mo. 52 Hartford street, Dorchester, Mass. . . 91 Mt. Vernon street, Boston, Mass. 31 Wells street, Hartford, Conn. .1 West 81st street, N. Y. City. 468 Hope street, Providence, R. I. Queens, Queens Co., N. Y. City. 1019 Sherbrooke, Montreal, Can. Box 248, Philadelphia, Pa. Camden, Maine. Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass. Box 47, Hendersonville, N. C. 300 North Fifth street, Reading, Pa. 28 Ward street, South Boston, Mass. Emma, Mo. . 13 Washington Avenue, Waltham, Mass. Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Can. Seabrook, N. H. 141 North Duke street, Lancaster, Pa. 423 Fourth Avenue, Newark, N. J. . . . 2 Hillhouse Avenue, New Haven, Conn. Grinnell, Iowa. Pepperell, Mass. " Middletown, Pa. 66 Robbins street, Waltham, Mass. Clayville, N. Y. Palisades, Rockland Co.,N. Y. 50 Williams street, Rutland, Vt. Susquehanna, Pa. Southern Pines, N. C. 34 North Pine Avenue, Albany, N. Y. i,345 East Ninth street, Des Moines, Iowa. 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y. South Canterbury, Conn. 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. , . . 48 Laurel street, Buffalo, N. Y. Wilson College, Chambersburg, Pa. 16 East 36th street, N. Y. City. — 20 — Hill, Mr. E. J 7,ioo Eggleston Avenue, Chicago, 111, Hill, Mr. Albert J New Westminster, B. C. Holzinger. Prof. J. M Winona, Minn. Horton, Mrs. Frances B .13 Brook street, Brattleboro. Vt. House, Mr. Homer D Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City. Huntington, Mr. J. Warren Amesbury, Mass. Jackson, Mr. Joseph 15 Woodland street, Worcester, Mass. Joline, Mrs. A. H 1 West 72d street, N. Y. City. Jump, Mrs. Harvey D Sayre, Pa. Kennedy, Dr. George G. . . Readville, Mass. Krout, Prof. A. F. K Glenolden, Delaware Co., Pa. Lamprey, Mrs. E. S 2 Guild street, Concord, N. H. Lippincott, Mr. Charles D Swedesboro, N. J. Lorenz, Miss Annie * 96 Garden street, Hartford, Conn. Lowe, Mrs. Josephine D ..... Noroton, Fairfield Co., Conn. Marshall, Miss M. A Still River, Mass. Martens, Mr. J. W., Jr Shrub Oak, Westchester Co., N. Y. Mathews, Miss Caroline. Waterville, Me. Maxon, Mr. Wm. R U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. McConnell, Mrs. S. D 781 Madison Avenue, N. Y. City. McDonald, Mr. Frank E 417 California Avenue, Peoria, 111. McBride, Mr. James Tewksbury. Mass. Merrill. Mr. G. K 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. Metcalf, Mrs. R. E Hinsdale, N. H. Miller, Miss Bertha S 4 Inwood Place, Upper Montclair, N. J. Miller, Miss Mary F 1,109 M street, N. W. Washington, D. C. Mirick, Miss Nellie 28 East Walnut street, Oneida, N. Y. Murray, Miss Elsie Athens, Pa. Nelson, Mr. N. L. T 3,968 Laclede Avenue, St. Louis, Mo. Newman. Rev. S. M cor. 10th and G streets, N. W., Washington, D. C. O’Connor, Dr. Helen Cox Garden City, N. Y. Palmer, Mrs. Rebecca L 615 Putnam Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Perrine, Miss Lura L .. . . State Normal School. Valley City, N. Dakota. Plitt, Mr. Charles C 1,706 Hanover street, Baltimore, Md. Pollard, Mr. Charles L. U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Puffer, Mrs. James J Box 39, Sudbury, Mass. Rapp, Mr. Severin Sanford, Orange Co., Fla. Read, Mrs. R. M 175 Tremont street, Boston, Mass. Robinson, Mr. C. B Pictou, Nova Scotia. Rondthaler, Miss E. W Moravian Seminary, Bethlehem. Pa. Sanborn, Miss Sarah F 54 Center street, Concord, N. H. Schumacher, Miss Rosalie Millington, N. J. Seely, Mrs. J. A 89 Caroline street, Ogdensburg, N. Y. Smith, Mrs. Annie Morrill 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Smith, Mrs. Charles C 286 Marlborough street, Boston, Mass. Stevens, Mrs.NM. L. 39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass. Stockberger, Prof. W. W Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Streeter, Mrs. Milford B. . . . 113 Hooper street. Brooklyn, N. Y. Talbott, Mrs. Laura Osborne “The Lenox,” Washington, D. C. Thompson, Miss Esther H Box 407, Litchfield, Conn. Thompson, Mrs. H. G 950 West Washington street, Los Angeles, Cal. Van der Eike. Mr. Paul Osceola, Wis. Warner, Miss Edith A 19 Schermerhorn street. Brooklyn, N. Y. Wheeler, Miss Harriet Chatham, Columbia Co., N. Y. Wheeler, Miss Jane. ... 248 Lake street, Albany. N. Y. Williams, Mrs. M. E 1,536 Pine street, Philadelphia, Pa. Williams, Mr. R. S ..... Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City. CHAPTER NOTES CONTINUED. OFFERINGS. To Chapter Members only — for postage.] Prof. J. Franklin Collins, 468 Hope street, Providence, R. I. Distichum capillaceum B. &. S. Collected in Maine. Mrs. Agnes Chase, 59 Florida Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C. Asterella hemispheric a Beauv. ; Entodon repens (Brid.) Grout, c.fr. ; Thelia asprella (Schwaegr.) Sulliv. ; Entodon seductrix (Hedw.) C. M., c.fr.; Entodon cladorrhizans (Hedw.) C. M., c.fr. ; Physcomitrium turbina- tum Brid., c.fr. Collected in Illinois by Mr. V. H. Chase. Mr. Severin Rapp, Sanford. Florida. Rhizogonium spiniforme Bruch., c.fr. ; Bryum Sawyer i R. & C., c.fr. Collected in Florida. Mrs. J. D. Lowe, 200 A street, S. E., Washington, D, C. Brynhia Nova- Angliae (S. & L.) Grout, c.fr. ; Thuidium delicatulum B. & S., c.fr. Col- lected in Noroton, Conn. Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. Dicranum scoparium Hedw., c.fr. ; D. undulatum Ehrh. , c.fr. Collected in Camden, Maine. Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris, 125 St. Mark’s Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm. ; P. canina (L.) Hoffm. Collected, Chilson Lake, Essex Co., N. Y. NOTICE. M. Bescherelle, whose death recently was announced in this journal, was interrupted in the preparation of an important bryological work, a “Sylloge” of all the species of mosses described by him. M. Cardot, to whom its completion was entrusted, states that it will contain 450 to 500 pages, and that it will need to be published by subscription. It will be possible to print the work at $5.00 a copy, provided that at least fifty of the minimum of 140 subscribers necessary to begin the printing can be found in the United States. I desire to announce that I will head this list, and will also receive names of other subscribers, at Winona, Minn. John M. Holzinger. WANTED Copies of The Bryologist, Vol. IV, No. 1. Will anyone having extra copies of The Bryologist for January, 1901, please communicate with the publisher. Copies of any other issue will be given in exchange or cash paid for the same. Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y. MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens {Nos. / to 51) may be had at $5.00 a set , on application to DR. JOHN K. SMALL, BEDFORD PARK, NEW YORK CITY JUST SSSUED! FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being- descriptions of the Flowering- and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park, New York City rLJlJTJTJTJTJTJT.nJTJTJTJXnJTJT.JTJTJTrmJTjnJT.JXR^ THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB iULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLU1 IEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUI Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasia'er of the Torrey Botanical Club. RANCIS E. LLOYD, Columbia University, New York Cit1 n ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE of POPULAR BOTAN'i begin to know mosses and lichens you will become interested of plant life. And you cannot help it if you read The Plant most noted professionals contribute to its pages ; it is working • the protection of our native wild flowers ; it has a department 3 amateur’s garden and greenhouse ; and it pays especial atten- ;ounts of little known fruits and flowers from remote parts of lend a stamp for a sample copy, or better yet, send $1.50 for Lbscription. I PLANT WORLD COMPANY Box 334, WASHINGTON, D. C. IJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJUTJTJlJTJTLnJTJTJTJTnJT^^ A monthly journal of botanical notes and news ; estab- lished 1901. About 16 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range ; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. The PUBLICATIONS OF TORREYA World § OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION 5 § SOCIETY ja VOLUME VII. NUMBER 2 § €1 MARCH, 1904 Bjfr The BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSEj HEPATICS AND LICHENS ft EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS Lichens— Further Notes on Cladonias, (. Illustrated ) Bruce Fink 21 The Genus Anacolia in North America, . John M. Holzinger 23 Notes on Some North American Mosses, . Jules Cardot 30 Die Europaischen Laubmoose, {A Review) V. F. Brotherus 31 Some Erroneous References, . . J. Franklin Collins 32 A New Brachythecium, A. J. Grout 3k Musci Boraeli=Americana by J. M. Holzinger, . A. J. Grout 3k The Fruiting Season of the Hair=cap Moss, Phebe M. Towle and Anna E. Gilbert 35 Notice of Bescherelle’s Sylloge, . John M. Holzinger 36 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes and Offerings ... 36 Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail P matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. P p Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. 5 dTJTJUTJTJXTLriJmJlJXnJTJTJTJTJ^lJTJTJTJTJTJr^^ PRESS OF MCBRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK THE BRYOLOCIST BIMONTHLY JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS. ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Subscription Price, $1.00 a year. 20c. a copy. Four issues 1898, 35c. Four issues 1899, 35c. Together, eight issues, 50c. Four issues 1900, 50c. Four issues 1901, 50c. Four Vols. $1.50 Six issues 1902, $1.00. Six issues 1903, $1.00. Short articles and notes on mosses solicited from all students of the mosses. Address manu- script to A. J. Grout , Boys' High School , Brooklyn , N. Y. Address all inquiries and sub- scriptions to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith , 78 Orange Street , Brooklyn , N. Y. For adver- tising space address Mrs. Smith. Check , except N. Y. City , MUST contain 10 cents extra tor Clearing House charges. Copyrighted 1904, by Annie Morrill Smith. THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. President, Prof. J. M. Holzinger, Winona, Minn. Vice-President, Mrs. C. W. Harris, 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller. 1109 M Street, Washington, D. C. Treasurer, Mrs. Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dues $1.10 a year, this includes a subscription to The Bryologist. All interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens by correspondence are invited to join. Send dues direct to the Treasurer. For further information address the Secretary. BOTANICAL SUPPLIES Everything for the Botanist V Everything for Botany COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS GENUS COVERS— TROWELS Send por Circular GROUT MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS Seventy- five Pages, $1.10 net, postpaid. MOSSES with a HAND-LENS MP MICROSCOPE PART I., 86 pages, $1.00 net, postpaid. Sample Pages on application. O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Avenue, New York City MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1 to 51) may be had at $3.00 a set , on application to DR. JOHN K. SMALL, BEDFORD PARK, NEW YORK CITY JUST ISSUED! FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with anatytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park. New York City Plate III. Fig. 1. Cladonia fimbriata var. simplex. Fig. 2. V 2iT. pro li- fer a. Fig. 3. Var. cornutoradiata. Fig. 4 Var. radiata. Fig. 5. Var . subulata. Fig. 6. Var .coniocraea. Enlarged^. THE BRYOLOGIST. Vol. VII. March, 1904. No. 2. FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. Cladonia fimbriata. Bruce Fink. It is the intention in the present paper to follow out, with reference to a single species, the work begun in a previous number of the Bryologist, (6:2.1903). With all due respect to the labors of the noted American lich- enist, Tuckerman, it must be apparent to all who have attempted to use his diagnoses of American Cladonias as aids in determination, that they are too brief and indefinite. Tuckerman recognizes in his manual just two varieties of Cladonia fimbriata , disposes of the species in a half page, and giVes not the slightest hint that the forms are extremely varied and difficult to deter- mine. This view is all that could be expected from one who was a pioneer in the study of American lichens, and much as Tuckerman has done for American iichenology, we can not afford to do otherwise than pass beyond his results as rapidly as may be with some adequate degree of certainty. In passing beyond the Tuckermanian view, we have been so fortunate as to have the aid of Dr. E. Wainio, and we now have his view of more than two hundred specimens of American Cladonias , which the writer has sent to him from time to time. Attention was directed to the extremely great amount of variation in forms of Cladonia fimbriata years ago in work in the field, and an especial effort was made to obtain all of the forms possible. But it was only by a careful study of the species, as viewed by Dr. Wainio, and set forth in great detail in one hundred and three pages of his monograph of the genus Cladonia, that the present writer began to realize something of the difficulties to be encountered in the attempt to gain anything like an adequate knowledge of the species. In Wainio’s monograph, sixteen varieties and a very large num- ber of subvarieties and forms are recognized. We have not been able to see the subvarietal distinctions in some instances even with specimens which have passed through Dr. Wainio's hands before us, and so it is not deemed wise to burden these pages with them. However, though we may not be able to follow the specialist in the genus into all of the intricacies of the most minute and discriminating observations, we can at least improve matters somewhat, and perhaps as much as is desirable, by attempting somewhat brief and yet sufficiently definite descriptions of the twelve varieties which are well known to exist in North America. By giving figures of our more common forms with the descriptions, it is hoped that the student of lichens will not confuse the varieties and assign them to other species so frequently as has been done in the past. The fig- ures are not in this instance all from plants examined by Dr. Wainio, two or three of them having been selected from other specimens which seem to The January Bryologist was issued January 12th, iqo4. -22 — bring out the varietal characters better. Some of the figures are from Euro- pean plants, these having been selected because better specimens from which to secure the photographs. Concerning some of the twelve varieties recorded below, they are either rare in North America or little is known of their distribution. A large amount of material in various herbaria the writer has not been able to see, apd some of this would no doubt throw much light on the matter of distribution, especially that of Tuckerman’s collection in New England. Passing to descriptions, the general description of the species will be given first, followed by shorter diagnoses of the varieties and such statements regarding distribution as can be made in the present state of knowledge of the species. Fig. 7. Cladonia fimbriata X 2. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Lich. Eur. Ref. 222. 1831. Fig. 7. Primary thallus commonly persistent, composed of digitately or irregu- larly incised or lobate, flat or concave, frequently involute or convolute, ascending, clustered or scattered, medium sized squamules, which are 2-9 mm. long and nearly or quite as wide, sea-green above or varying toward ■olivaceous or whitish, below whitish or darkening toward the base and the whole lower surface and edges sometimes sorediate-granulate. Podetia aris- ing from the surface of the squamules, 4-100 mm. long and .5-3-5 mm. in diameter, cylindrical to tubaeform or rarely turbinate, the sides rarely rimose, commonly occurring in larger or smaller clusters, erect or rarely ascending or irregularly curved, commonly decorticate and more or less sorediate, or areolate or verrucose-corticate toward the base, or the basal corticate portions even subcontinuous, destitute of squamules or more or less squamulose, especially toward the base, sea-green varying toward whitish or brownish, the decorticate portions commonly whitish, sometimes cup- -23- shaped, or the apices frequently cornute or subulate. Cups well developed or abortive, abruptly or gradually dilated, regular or irregular, the cavity commonly deep and non-perforate, the margin entire, dentate or proliferate, the proliferations one to several and the ranks one to three. Apothecia rather rare and medium sized, .8-2 mm. in diameter, solitary and rounded or irregularly conglomerate, sessile or pedicellate on the margins of the cups or at the cornute or subulate apices, flat and immarginate or more commonly becoming convex and immarginate, brown or rarely reddish-brown. Hypo- thecium pale or cloudy. Hymenium pale or pale-brownish below and brown- ish above. Paraphyses rarely branched, commonly thickened and brownish toward the apex. Asci'clavate or cylindrico-clavate. Generally distributed over North America and throughout the world in one form or another, the varieties being connected by various intermediate forms and altogether constituting perhaps the most confusing assemblage of lichens known to our flora. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. simplex (Weis.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:356. 1894. Plate III. Fig. 1. Podetia erect and straight, scarcely exceeding 3-30 mm. in length, scyphiform (i. e. cup-like), the cups well developed, 2-7 mm. in diameter, regular or becoming suboblique, with entire or dentate margin. Apothecia rare, sessile or pedicellate on the margins of the cups. Confusingly like forms of Cladonia pyxidata, but may usually be distinguished by the more slender habit, the more sorediate-granulate condition and transitional states passing into strictly cylindrical forms of the present species. Found on various moist and somewhat shaded soils and more commonly on decaying wood. Examined by the writer from Newfoundland, Ontario, Minnesota, Iowa, Florida, Colorado and Idaho. Cited by Wainio from such widely separate localities as Great Bear Lake and New Mexico and Cali- fornia. These localities give the variety a general North American distri- bution. Known also in all of the grand divisions. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. prolifera (Retz.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:270. 1894. Plate III. Fig. 2. Podetia 20-70 mm. long, scyphiform, repeatedly proliferate from well developed cups, commonly straight and erect, wholly decorticate and for most part sorediate, or having a minutely areolateor verrucose cortex below, sometimes squamulose especially toward the base. Cups 2-10 mm. in diam- eter, commonly somewhat abruptly dilated, regular or oblique, prolifera- tions one or more from each cup and the ranks two or three or rarely more, the upper ranks usually quite as long as the lower and scyphiform, but the terminal cups commonly narrowed. Apothecia rare and usually borne on the cups of the highest rank. Readily distinguished from the last by the proliferous habit. Occurring on damp earth and more rarely on mossy rocks and decaying trunks of trees. Seen by the writer from Newfoundland and from northern Minnesota. Also cited by Wainio from Vancouver Island. Supposed to be —24— widely distributed in Europe, but Wainio gives only five stations. Known also in South America and Asia, but hardly a common lichen in any country as yet. Cladonia fimbriata (L.)Fr. var. cornutoradiata Coem. Clad. Ach. 40. 1865. Plate III. Fig. 3. Podetia elongated (ours and European material seen 30-50 mm. long), sometimes bearing narrowed or abortive cups, simple or branched and the branches cornuteor scyphiform, destitute of squamulesor squamulose toward the base, decorticate and sorediate, or corticate toward the base and rarely also below the cups, the cavity of the cups also sorediate. The specimens collected by the writer at Kettle Falls and at Tower, both in northern Minnesota, 'grew on earth, and the same is true of the only European specimen seen by the writer. Not likely to occur on decaying wood. Not known elsewhere in North America, and in foreign countries only in Europe. Known to us through the kindness of Dr. Wainio, who determined one of the collections from Minnesota. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. radiata (Schreb.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:277. 1894. Plate III. Fig. 4. Podetia commonly elongated, 17-75 mm„ in length, scyphiform, elong- ate-turbinate or subtubaeform, frequently more than one-ranked and the sterile apices cornute, subulate or rarely obsoletely scyphiform, commonly straight and suberect, wholly decorticate and sorediate, or corticate and minutely areolate or verrucose toward the base, without squamules or rarely squamulose, especially toward the base. Cups rather small, 2-5 mm. in diameter, gradually or quite abruptly dilated, regular or irregular, the mar- gins dentate to proliferate, the proliferations one to several and elongated or quite short, often two or three ranked. Apothecia rare, sessile or rarely short pedicellate on the margins of the cups. Usually occurring on earth or mossy rocks, but once collected by the writer on rotten wood. Examined from Minnesota and Newfoundland. Credited by Wainio from Kotzebue’s Sound, from Canada, from the White Mountains and from California. These widely separate localities would seem to give the variety a wide distribution throughout the northern portion of the U nited States and in British America. Known in all of the grand divis- ions except South America. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. subulata (L.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:282. 1894. Plate III. Fig. 5. Podetia much elongated, 30-100 mm. in length, almost always cupless, cylindrical, simple or variously branched, the sterile apices obtusely cornute or subulate, erect and straight, or flexuous especially toward the apex, wholly decorticate and sorediate, or areolate or subcontinuously corticate toward the base, without squamules or more or less squamulose, especially toward the base. Apothecia rare, at the apices of the podetia. The plant occurs on earth, especially over rocks on thin soil. Said to occur rarely on rotting wood. The American material examined by the -25- writer is all from the northern half of Minnesota, where the plant is quite frequently seen. Wainio cites the variety from Vancouver Island and from the White Mountains. Probably not infrequent from Minnesota eastward about the Great Lakes into the mountains of New England and northward in British America. Known in all of the grand divisions. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. nemoxyna (Ach.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:295. 1894. Podetia commonly 25-90 mm. long, scyphiform or subscyphiform, two or three ranked, the sterile apices abortively scyphiform, cornute or subulate, suberect or more or less flexuous, wholly decorticate and sorediate, or the basal half (more or less) variously areolate or verrucose corticate as also at the b&se of the apothecia and the} proliferations, without squamules, or squamulose toward the base and below the cups, or the whole podetium very rarely and sparsely squamulose. Cups small or abortive, 1-3.5 mm. in diam- eter, gradually or somewhat abruptly dilated, commonly becoming irregular, the margin dentate or proliferate, the proliferations one or more and short or quite elongated. Apothecia rare, and sessile or on pedicels on the margins of the cups. Dr. Wainio would refer all of our material to the subvariety, fibula (Ach.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:300. 1894. In this the podetia are commonly?- simple and scarcely ever exceed 50 mm. in length, and the cups are more regular and scarcely ever proliferate. On shaded earth, especially on thin soil over rocks in woods. Known to the writer only through his specimens from the northern half of Minnesota, where the variety is rather rare. Cited from New Bedford, Massachusetts, by Wainio. Apparently not a common variety anywhere, but still recorded from all of the grand divisions. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. coniocraea (Flk. ) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ- 2:308. 1894. Plate III. Fig. 6. Podetia rather short, commonly 5-25 mm. long and 1-2 mm. diameter, cupless and cylindrical or abortively scyphiform, simple or rarely and sparsely short-branched toward the apex, the sterile apices subulate, cornute or abortively scyphiform, commonly straight and erect, but some, times flexuous, wholly decorticate and sorediate, or corticate toward the base and rarely below the cups: the cortex subcontinuous or areolate- verrucose, without squamules or more or less squamulose, especially toward the base. Cups rare and small or abortive, 1-2 mm. in diameter, terminal with an entire or at least non-proliferous margin. Apothecia rather rare, at the apex of the podetia or on the margin of the cups, subsolitary and on very short ' pedicels. Commonly on old and rotting wood or among mosses over rocks. The writer finds the plant generally distributed over Minnesota and Iowa, and has examined it from Newfoundland, New England, Ohio, Illinois and Col- orado. Some material from California also seems quite as much at home here as in the next, This and the next include a large part of C. fimbriata var. tubaeformis of Tuckerman’s manual, and no doubt both of the varieties —26 — occur to the south also and have a very general North American distribu- tion, Known also in Europe, Asia and Australia. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. apolepta (Ach.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:307. 1894. Podetia commonly quite short, cupless or narrowly or abortively scyphi form, wholly decorticate and sorediate, or corticate toward the base and rarely below the apothecia, which are rare and brown, brick-colored, or pale. The podetia rather shorter and more slender than the last, lighter in color and more frequently squamulose. The last sentence'above is based on six or seven specimens examined by Dr. Wainio, mostly from Minnesota. The habitat is as that of the last, and the writer freely admits that he can not distinguish between the two from any description at hand and only in the best marked specimens. It may well be doubted whether the two should be separated, and this view is strengthened by a perusal of Dr. Wainio’s descriptions. Material which seems nearer the present form has been examined from Minnesota, Iowa, New England, Ohio, Illinois and California, and the North American and foreign distribution is doubtless about the same as that of the last. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. ochrochlora (Flk.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:319. 1894. Podetia commonly rather short, about 5-40 mm. in length, cylindrical or tubaeform, cupless or scyphiform, rarely more or less rimose, sometimes more or less flexuous, frequently more or less squamulose, partly decorticate and sorediate and in part corticate, especially toward the base and below the apothecia, or §ome of the podetia wholly decorticate, the sterile apices cornute or subulate. Cups abortive or rarely well developed and dentate or proliferate, the proliferations sometimes numerous, ranks one to three, the lower longer; cavity of cups commonly sorediate. Apothecia rather rare, and of medium size, about .7-4 mm. in diameter, solitary or more less con- glomerate at the ends of the podetia or sessile on the margin of the cups, brown, brick-colored or pale. The plant occurs on old wood and among mosses over rocks, especially in more or less shaded places. Dr. F. Arnold listed this variety from sev- eral localities in Newfoundland, and Dr. Wainio credits it from Massachu- setts, Washington and California. American specimens have not been seen by the writer. Known in all of the grand divisions. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. Balfourii (Cromb.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 339. 1894, Podetia about 5-25 mm. long and. 5-1. 5 mm. in diameter, cupless and cylindrical, simple or rarely and sparcely branched toward the apex, erect or suberect, straight or rarely subflexuous, wholly decorticate or rarely corti- cate or subcorticate toward the base, the decorticate portions most com- monly minutely and densely sorediate, without squamules or rarely more or less squamulose toward the base, more or less dull-waxy in appearance, especially when damp, the sterile apices narrowly subulate or obtusely cornute. Apothecia brownish or rarely pale. -27- Occuring on earth, among mosses over rocks or rarely on rotting wood. Cited from the White Mountains and Nicaragua by Wainio, but the writer knows the variety only through a specimen sent by Dr. Wainio and collected in Brazil. Known also in Africa and Australia. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. borbonica (Del.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:343. 1894. Podetia about 5-30 mm. long and. 5-1. 5 mm. in diameter, subcylindrical,. cupless or narrowly scyphiform, simple or rarely and sparcely branched, straignt or flexuous, commonly sterile, wholly decorticate or more or less corticate toward the base, where the corticate areas are then subcontinuous, verrucose or areolate, thickly squamulose especially toward the base, and the squamules lacerate and more or less sorediate. the podetia also similarly sorediate especially toward the apex, or the soredia disappearing, the corti- cate portions sometimes more or less waxy, the apices subulate or obtusely cornute. Cups about .8-2 mm. wide, sometimes abruptly dilated, subregu- lar, margin entire or rarely dentate or proliferous. Apothecia dusky-brown. Occurring on old trunks in more or less sunny places and on the naked sides of mountains. Cited from Mexico by Wainio, but the writer has not seen the plant. Also from South America, Australia, southern Asia and Africa. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. chlorophaeoides Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ, 2:336. 1894. Podetia about 5-50 mm. in length and .5-3 mm. in diameter, tubaeform or rarely subturbinate, scyphiform, suberect and usually straight, wholly decorticate and minutely and densely sorediate, or the soredia finally disap- pearing wholly or in part, without squamules or minutely isidioid-squamulose- toward the base, or even bearing larger squamules here, more or less dis- tinctly waxy in appearance. Cups well developed, about 1-12 mm. in diam- eter, somewhat abruptly or rarely more gradually dilated, commonly regular, margin entire or rarely dentate, the cavity decorticate and sorediate. Apothecia borne on the margin of the cups, on pedicels which are 1-8 mm. long, solitary or radiately arranged, brown, varying toward reddish or yel- lowish. Occurring on earth, rocks or rotting trunks of trees. Reported from Mexico and Nicaragua by Dr. Wainio. Not known to the writer. Also found in South America, Africa and Australia. Thus this variety and the last above seem to be southern forms, not likely to occur in North America, except in the most southern portions. Aside from the collections of the writer, mainly in Iowa and Minnesota, the material which he has examined, or cited on authority of Dr. Wainio, was collected for the most part by W. G. Farlow, H. Willey and Clara E. Cum- mings in New England; A. C. Waghorne, in Newfoundland; J. Macoun, in Canada: C. F. Baker, in Colorado; A. A. Heller, in Idaho; E. E. Bogue, in Ohio; H. E. Hasse, in California, and G. P. Clinton, in Illinois. The plants photographed from Europe were collected by L. Scriba, of Hochst in Ger- many, whose plants are among the best that come to us and ape largely determined or examined by Dr. Wainio. Grinnell, Iowa. —23 — THE GENUS ANACOLIA IN NORTH AMERICA. John M. Holzinger. Among some plants recently sent me by Mr. E. P. Sheldon I found a moss which was evidently a Bartramia but which from its gross appearance I refused to refer to Bartramia Menziezii Turn. It has a comparatively scant supply of red radicles clothing the stems below the shoots; its leaves appear more rigid and darker green; and the capsules are markedly longer cylindrical. After repeated study, looking up all the available literature on Bartramia and related genera, I concluded that I must have Glyphocarpa Baueri Hampe. which is cited as a synonym of Bartramia Menziezii in L* & J. Manual, p. 204. The note in the Manual in fine print under the species but strengthens me in my supposition that I have rightly diagnosed this plant. (E. P. Sheldon’s No. I0050). The following characters are clearly established in the course of my examinations: the stem sections show the epidermis beset with papillae, and are octagonal, showing an eight-ranked leaf arrangement: the leaves are almost devoid of papillae, only a few occurring along the costa on the upper, inner surface, so that an ordinary observation would lead to the conclusion that there are none at all: lastly the plants are evidently dioicous. Now Limpricht in his diagnosis of the genera of Bartramiaceae assigns to Bar- tramia only plants with synoicous or autoicous inflorescence, with striped and furrowed capsules and with leaf base mostly sheathing. In none of these characters did the plant before me agree with Bartramia, but on care- ful comparison with Californian B. Menziezii I found to my^surprise that it agreed in all these points and that furthermore its peristome is as figured in Sullivant's leones, Suppl. t. 26. Indeed in dissecting one capsule I found one solitary ghost-like translucent real tooth, the mates of which must have been left behind in the lid, and which must be the “ pellucid membrane” referred to in L. & J.’s footnote, only here the full set of so-called teeth as figured by Sullivant were also present. Therefore, I am led to express the opinion, which needs verification by other observers, that Sullivant’s figure really’ shows segments, not teeth. This view is the more plausible since they look more like “ segments ” of certain other genera than like bryaceous “ teeth.” A still closer comparison of the California and Oregon plants led to the ■discovery of at least two specific differences : the capsule in the California plant has about 1/4 of the entire length, namely that part which is below the loosely hung spore sac contracted into a distinct collum ; and the spores measures 28-30 ju\ while the capsule of the Oregon plant shows no collum at all, the spore sac descending lower down and the remnant does not con- tract into a collum; and the spores measure only 18-22 ju. For these reasons I hold that the Oregon plant must after all be distinct from B. Menziezii and can not well be produced simply by differences in exposure, as is sug- gested by Lesquereux and James. Now I felt these plants could not stand under Bartramia, in Limpricht's sense, neither could I bring them under the next genus, Anacolia, unless I restricted myself to the characters predicated in the Key to Genera (Laub- -29- moose, Vol. II, p. 534), ‘‘Capsule unstriped, not furrowed, dioicous.” These three points agree perfectly with both our west coast plants. Nor was I encour- aged to place them here on reading the original description of the genus in Sch. Syn. 2 Ed. p. 513: “ Plants caespitose, quite stout, very radiculose. Leaf arrangement and leaf structure as in the genus Bartramia. Flowers dioicous, the male ones gemmiform. Capsule on a short pedicel (whence the Greek name meaning “short foot ”), . erect, spherical, symmetrical, not striped, when dry not sulcate, but strongly wrinkled or rugulose, leptodermous, with a much shorter spore sac. Peristome none. Spore as in Bartramia. The genus is very distinct from Glyphocarpa Rob. Brown. It differs from Bar- tramia by the capsule being quite leptodermous, unstriped, when dry not furrowed and by the mouth being always naked. Several exotic species are known.” Thus says Schimper. The only species the description of which is accessible to me is Anacolia Webbii{ Mont.) Schimp. inLimpricht. Laubmoose, Vol. II, p. 547, has ascribed to it “very strongly prickly-papillose radicles, lamina mamillose on both sides,” neither of which characters is found on our two American plants. From the genus as characterized by Schimper they seemed at first sight excluded by the presence of a peristome, and by the shape of the capsule, however fitting into it in other respects. So I find myself in a measure recon- ciled to the view indicated in Paris’ Index which correctly gives, first Ana- colia Baueri (Hpe.) Par., as the name for our Oregon plant; second, Anacolia Menziezii (Turn.) Par., as that for the more southerly plant. The admission of these American plants into the genus Anacolia demands a modification of Schimper’s characterization, somewhat as follows: Anacolia Schimp. emend — Plants caespitose, more or less strongly cohering below the shoots of the season by a felt of brown radicles which are either prickly-papillose or minutely roughened. Branching monopodial and dichasial. Stem eight-angled, rough-papillose. Leaf arrangement eight- ranked ; leaf form and reticulation as in Bartramia, but leaf base not sheathing at all. Inflorescence dioicous, antheridial buds gemmiform. Cap- sule usually on a short pedicel (the names does not literally apply to the American representatives), erect, spherical or cylindrical, symmetrical or slightly curved, unstriped, when dry not furrowed but, strongly rugulose, leptodermous, with a shorter, loose spore sac and a persistent columella (in the American species). Peristome none or consisting of 16 so-called teeth, and these inserted half their length below the mouth of the capsule. In this sense we can admit our two west coast mosses into the genus Anacolia. Of course the question of the full specific value of Anacolia Baueri is unsettled; that it is different from A. Menziezii is certain, but whether to write it as a variety of the latter species becomes largely a matter of taste. Winona, Minn. -30- NOTES ON SOME NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES. Jules Cardot. Dicranum Demetrii R. & C. (See Bryologist 6, 1903, p. 85.) In the Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Vol. 36* part 2, p. 173, we reduced this moss as a variety of Cynodontium virens. Dicranum subfulvum R. & C. (See Bryologist 6, p. 87.) The locality has been omitted in the Botanical Gazette. This moss was collected in 1894 by Rev. C. H. Demetrio, on sand rocks near Perryville, Perry Co., Missouri. Trichostomum indigens R. &. C. (See Bryologist 6, p. 87). We subsequently redescribed this moss as Barbula indigens , in Bull, de laSoc. Roy. de Bot. de Belgique, Vol. 36, part 2, p. 176, and it was distrib- uted under this name in our Musci Americae Septentrionalis Exsiccati, No. 280. Pilotrichella cymbifolia (Sulliv.) R. & C. (See Bryologist 6, p. 60.) I have this species from two localities in Florida, Enterprise (Fitzgerald) and Beauclerc (Sawyer), and from three localities in Louisiana, Baton-Rouge, Fontainebleau, (St. Tammany Co.,) and Chinchuba near Mandeville (Lang- lois). As yet the fructification is unknown. Meteorium nigrescens (Sw.) Mitt. (See Bryologist 6, p. 60). I entirely agree with Mrs. E. G. Britton when she thinks that this moss has never been gathered in Canada; but when she says that thus far the same species has not been collected by anyone else except in Florida, this is not exact: in our Catalogue, Musci Americae Septentrionalis, p. 45, we recorded this species from Louisiana, where it was collected at Plome Place by the late Rev. Mr. Langlois, in 1884. I have it also from Beauclerc, Florida, leg. Sawyer. It is not a Meteorium, but a Papillaria (P. nigrescens Jaeg.). Meteorium pendulum Sulliv. Thig species which is also a Papillaria (P . pendula R. & C.) has been indicated in western Louisiana, without special locality. I received from Rev. Mr. Langlois numerous fine specimens collected at Baton- Rouge, on Arundinaria macrocarpa. (Ren. & Card. Musci Amer. Sept. Exsicc. No. 79). Anomodon Toccoae Sulliv. & Lesq. (See Bryologist 5, 1902, p. 12.) I have also good specimens of this' moss collected at Baton-Rouge by Langlois. Leskea denticulata Sulliv. . This moss is not at all a Leskea but a Schwetschkea (a genus of Fabroniaceae), and thus must be called Schwetschkea denticulata (Sulliv.) Card. S. Japonica Besch., of which I have carefully studied authentic speci- mens, is merely a synonym of the Sullivant species. Homalothecium subcapillatum Sulliv. In The Bryologist, 1903, p. 65, Dr. A. J. Grout proposes for this species a new generic name: Burnettia. He has evidently forgotten that in 1899 I established for the same plant the section Homalotheciella (Bull. Herb. Bois- —31— sier, Vol. 7, p. 374). Therefore, if this plant should be raised to the generic rank, according to the rules of the Paris Code the name must be: Homalo- theciella. In the paper quoted above, I divided the genus Homalothecium into two sections, characterized as follows: Euhomalothecium Card. Mosses of large size: leaves not or hardly concave, generally deeply plicate lengthwise; areolation linear: flowers dioicous; lid conic; H. sericeum Br. Eur., H. Philippeanum Br. Eur., etc. Homalotheciella Card. Mosses of small size; leaves concave, not plicate lengthwise; areolation much looser; flowers monoicous ; lidrostrate: H. subcapillatum Sulliv., and perhaps H. tenerrim u m (C. M.) Jaeg. Charleville, France, Nov. 18, 1903. Note. — My idea was not to propose a new generic name for Homalothe- cium'subcapi l latum alone but for the whole genus, as Homalothecium is untenable. As M. Cardot’s name . is merely a section name it can hardly be used in this sense. To avoid further misunderstanding I would propose the following binomials in which Burnettia replaces Homalothecium : Burnettia sericea (L.), B. Philippeana (Spruce). I would also note the error in the Bryologist 6:65, where sub capil latum was written for subcapillata (Hedw.). A. J. Grout. DIE EUROPAISCHEN LAUBMOOSE, BY G. ROTH* Bd. 1. Lief. 1=3. Leipzig. Wilhem Enge! inarm. 1903. V. F. Brotherus. Since the publication of the Bryologia "Europaea, that monumental work upon European Moss Flora, several illustrated works upon the same subject have appeared. The Bryologia Europaea is, however, on account of its high price less attainable and is at the present time far from complete, and the others refer only to more or less extensive portions of Europe. The work we have now the pleasure to announce fills up, therefore, a considerable blank in bryological literature by giving not only descriptions but very instructive illustrations of nearly all the known species. Of the few species which the author has up to the present time not succeeded in obtaining, he hopes to be able to give in a supplement with the necessary illustrations. Mr. Roth’s work, which will comprise two volumes, with one hundred and ten plates, will come out in ten or twelve parts quickly following one another. In the general part (pp. 1-92) are treated in the most exhaustive manner, also taking into consideration the newest literature, the anatomical formation of mosses, their manner of increase, extension in a vertical and horizontal direction, their relation to the substrata and importance in the economy of both nature and mankind, as also a review of the most import- ant moss systems. Special interest will be taken in the author’s detailed set- ting forth of the importance of mosses in nature, a subject which so far as we are aware, has not been before treated in bryological literature. -32- In that particular part which is introduced by a copious index of the literature, the author, in all concerning the system, agrees almost entirely with Schimper. The descriptions of the systematic groups of greater or smaller extent as well as of the species are carefully and critically drawn up and are less minute than in Limpricht's well-known work, With the species, •account is also taken of their synonyms and briefly of the geographical exten- sion. Unfortunately there is wanting a “ clavis ” which in the genera specially rich in species would have been very useful. The illustrations which are all from the author’s own hand, and are reproduced by photo-lithography, refer chiefly to anatomical details, leaves and sporogones ; but with the smaller species are also found habitat pictures. Of course it is just these drawings, executed with so much pains, that give to the work its greatest value. As regards the printing, the book is very handsomely gotten up, and the price ($1.00 each part) must be considered' extremely moderate. We congratulate the author upon this beautiful work, and are convinced that it will win for itself many friends. Helsingfors, Finland, Sweden. SOME ERRONEOUS REFERENCES. J. Franklin Collins. Some erroneous references which appear in Limpricht’s Die Laubmoose have been quoted by Prof. Holzinger in his article on page 8 of the January Bryologist. It may be well to call attention to these and also to others in connection with Hymenostomum which appear elsewhere. As the errors are identical— translation excepted— in both Prof. Holzinger’s article and in Limpricht’s work, I will refer directly to the former as the latter will proba- bly be inaccessible to a majority of the readers of this article. In regard to Hymenostoinum it is stated that “ The authors of the Bryol- ogia Germanica (1823) emphasize its affinity with Weisia viridula."1 In the work mentioned, Theil I, page 191 (1823), the relationship with “ Weisia controversa ” is emphasized, while W. viridula is not- mentioned anywhere on the nineteen pages (188-206) devoted to the genus Hymenostomum. Practically, this may be of little importance as W. controversa is now usually regarded as a synonym of W. viridula. Near the middle of page 8 in The Bryologist it is stated that in the Bryologia Europaea “ H. rutilans (Hedw.) is made a synonym of Weisia mucronulata Bruch, and H. subglobosum Bryol. Germ, a synonym of Weisia viridula-. further, H. rostellatiun is treated as an Astomum, and by error H. crisfcatum Bryol. Germ, i's also removed.” Turning to the Bryologia Europaea, Fasc. 33-36 (1846), one notes firstly, that H. rutilans is made a synonym of Weisia mucronata Bryol. Eur. (not of W. mucronulata Br. ): secondly, that H. subglobosum does 7iot appear as a synonym of Weisia viridula\ and lastly, that it is Phascutn (not Hymenostomum ) rostellatum which is treated, Fasc. 43 (1850), as an Astomum , although one of these may be a synonym of the other. The statement that “ H. crispatum Bryol. Germ, is also removed ” may be somewhat misleading, or perhaps vague. It is true that it is removed from the genus Weisia for it is described and figured as Hymenostomum crispatum Nees et Hornsch. Not all of the refer- ences in Limpricht have been verified, as several of the works mentioned were not available. While investigating the references above I was considerably astonished to discover several errors of more or less importance on a single page of the Bryologia Europaea, and all in connection with the Bryologia Germanica. So numerous were these mistakes, though sometimes unimportant, that it almost seemed as if I possessed an edition of the work different from the one cited by Bruch and Schimper, notwithstanding the fact that a portion of the references were correct and that my copy bore the date “ 1823 ” on the title page of Theil I and also “ 1821 ” at the end of the preface. For the sake of brevity I will quote the lines in the Bryologia Europaea — page 5 of the Weisia monograph, Fasc. 33-36 (1846) — which contain the errors. Each pair of brackets (here inserted by the writer and not appear- ing in the original) inclose the corrected reference for the immediately pre- ceding portion. “ Weisia humilis , W. fallax et W. Bruchiana Nees et Hornsch. Bryol. germ. P. II, Sect. 2,p. 36 et 38 [p. 36, 38 et 50], Tab. XXVI et XXVIII.” “ Weisia controversa var. 7 stenocarpa Nees et Hornsch. Bryol. germ. p. 45 [Th. II, Abt. 2, p. 45], Tab. XVII [Tab. XXVII].” “ Weisia amblyodon Brid. Bryol. univ. I, p. 805. — Nees et Hornsch, Bryol. germ. II, p/33, Tab. XXV [Th. II, Abt. 2, p. 52, Tab. XXVIII].” “ Weisia gymnostomoides et microstoma [These two specific names should be transposed, as the first reference following belongs to the second species and the second reference to the first species] Nees et Hornsch. Bryol. germ. p. 34 [Th. II, Abt. 2, p. 34], Tab. XXV et p. 52, T. XXXVII [p. 33, Tab. XXV].” “ Weisia Rudolphiana Nees et Hornsch. Bryol. germ. II, p. 33 [Th. II, Abt. 2, p. 31], Tab. XXV.” Hymenostomum subglobosum is described on page 203 in Theil I of the Bryologia Germanica. By typographical error this page is numbered ioj. It is worthy of note that this error of paging has been copied in Bridel’s Bryologia Universa 2:8o (1827), in Mueller’s Synopsis Muscorum 1:651 (1849), and in Paris’ Index Bryologicus, page 1,368 (1898), although it was corrected in Limpricht’s Die Laubmoose 1:255 (1886). The writer can find no authority for the specific name mucro?iulata \ mentioned above. It may be an error. The combination “ Weisia mucron- ulaia , Schimp.” appears in an article by T. P. James in Vol. XIV (1879), p. 136, of the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Both editions of Schimper’s Synopsis, however, spell the specific name “ mucronataB Providence, R. I, -34- A NEW BRACHYTHECIUM. Brachythecium rivulare B. & S. var. tenue n. var. A. J. Grout. European and Northeastern American forms of B. rivulare , almost without exception, have the stem leaves obtuse to obtusely acute, never slenderly acuminate, but Northwestern American forms seems to, have a tendency to vary in the direction of acute to slenderly acuminate stem leaves. B. Nelsoni Grout is the extreme limit of this tendency that has thus far come under my observation. B. rivulare laxum Grout is another illustration of this tendency, and Prof. John M. Holzinger has discovered a third very inter- esting form in Lamoille Cave, Minnesota, to which I desire to give the name of B. rivulare tenue. Prof. Holzinger’s specimens were collected August 23, 1894, and have been sent out as “ No. 7, Hypnum.” Specimens have been in my hands for some years and the plant has been examined by M. Cardot, but neither of us has felt sure of its proper place. Recently, however, I have compared it with some specimens of undoubted B . rivulare from Tuckerman’s Ravine, Mt. Washington, collected by myself in 1898, and find that the two can scarcely be distinguished except by the acuminate stem leaves of the Minnesota plant which is briefly characterized as follows: plants prostrate or ascending, irregularly branched, slender, very light glossy yellow, lower leaves distant and often spreading, the upper closely imbricated, giving the upper portions of the plant the appearance of forms of B. oxycladon. Microscopical struc- ture like that of slender B. rivulare , except that the stem leaves are acum- inate with a rather short slender point. No antheridia, archegonia or sporophytes found. Type in herbarium A. J. Grout. Co-types will be issued as No. 200 of my North American Musci Pleurocarpi. MUSCI BORAELI-AMERICANI. Fascicle 1. by Prof. J. M« Holzinger. A. J. Grout. Every student of North American mosses will welcome Prof. Holzinger’s Musci Acrocarpi Boreali-Americani as a much needed addition to the knowl- edge of our acrocarpous mosses. Mrs. Britton formerly planned something of the sort but pressure of other work has caused her to give up the plan. The first fascicle of Prof. Holzinger’s mosses are nearly all his own col- lecting, and came from an interesting section of the country. There are twenty-five numbers in the fascicle and all are abundant in material and neatly put up. As the labels do not give the name of the person determin- ing the specimens, except in one or two cases, we presume that Prof. HoL zinger is responsible for most of the naming, and the determination seem to have been made with a care that merits one’s confidence. As Prof. Holzin- ger puts up but twenty-five sets those who intend to subscribe should do so at once or it will be too late. -35— THE FRUITING SEASON OF THE HAIR=CAP MOSS. Phebe M. Towle and Anna E. Gilbert. Paper read before the Vermont Botanical Club, Jan. 20, 1904. In March, 1903, a group of students in the laboratory of the University of Vermont were giving attention to the hair-cap moss. The material had been brought from different stations, and in it were found plants with the rosettes having well developed antheridia; plants with tufts of green leaves at the top, showing apparently only last year’s growth; plants having sporo- phytes of good height and usually retaining the hairy cap ; and others with the sporophytes rising only from one-half to three-fourths of an inch above the tuft of leaves. As the observations went on these questions arose: first, where are the archegonia with the egg cells which should be ready for the sperm? second, how old are these sporophytes? third, when do these sporophytes mature their spores? Following the suggestions of the questions these observations have been noted. On March 24th the antheridial plants showed the antheridia with the contents retained, the sperm mother cells showing through the walls. April 16th the antheridia were discharging their contents. The sperm mother cells were massed together and appeared nearly square as seen in section. The motile sperm cells were in very rapid motion. On the same day an anchegonium was found. It was about as tall as the smallest or innermost enclosing leaves. On April 18th two archegonia were found in the same plant. One was about the size of the one found two days earlier and the other was two and one-half times as tall as the first. The shorter arche- gonium had a rounded top apparently unopened, while the taller one was somewhat funnel shaped above probably indicating the mature condition of the archegonium when it is open ready to receive the sperm cells. Many plants were examined in which no archegonia were found. In the last week of July the hairy cap showed in a dissected specimen, jt was during the third week in August that the first little hair-cap peeped out of its tuft of green leaves. One week latter the same little plant was showing plainly. On October 12th the sporophytes were showing a half-inch above the leaves. Some of these plants were brought in and kept in a cool place and two months later had added, in some plants, another half-inch to their height. The second question, — how old are the sporophytes which are present in the spring, has been answered in part by the reports just given of the development of the plant through the season. But this will be made still more clear by observations of next spring upon plants in marked stations, of which the autumn conditions were made matters of careful record. The third question, — when do these sporophytes ripen their spores, takes us on to August. The greater number of sporophytes of P . juniper inuni had by August 21st shed their hairy caps, but some still retained them. The lids were in place but came off easily when disturbed and the spores on application to DR. JOHN K. SMALL, BEDFORD PARK, NEW YORK CITY JUST ISSUED I FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park, New York City William Starling Sullivant. THE BRYOLOGIST. Vol. VIII. January, 1905. No. 1. WILLIAM STARLING SULLIVANT. January 15, 1803— April 30, 1873. A Biographical Sketch, adapted from that of Asa Gray, as given in the Supplement of the leones Muscorum, 1874. Annie Morrill Smith. It is only fitting that the first place in this number of The Bryologist should be given to a sketch of the life of the one for whom our Chapter is named, William Starling Sullivant. He was born at the little village of Franklinton, then a frontier settlement in the midst of the primitive forest, near the site of the present city of Columbus, Ohio. His father, a Virgin- ian, and a man of marked character, was appointed by the government to survey the lands of that district of the “Northwest Territory” which became the central part of the now populous State of Ohio: and he early purchased a large tract of land, bordering on the Scioto River, near by, if not including, the locality which afterwards was fixed upon for the State Capitol. William was his oldest son. He received the rudiments of his classical education at the Ohio University at Athens, upon the opening of that institution, after a term in a Kentucky school; was transferred to Yale College where he was graduated in 1823. His father died that year and his services were demanded by the family to care for the estate, which was mainly in lands, mills, etc. To qualify for this he became a surveyor and practical engineer and took an active part in business till the latter part of his life. Mr. Sullivant was thrice married; his first wife was Jane Marshall, of Kentucky. She died within a year after marriage. His second was Eliza G. Wheeler, a lady of rare accomplishments, a zealous and acute bryologist, her husband’s efficient associate in all his scientific work until her death of cholera, in 1850 or 1851. Her botanical services are commemorated in Hyfi- num Sullivantce of Schimper, a moss then new to Ohio. His third wife, Caroline E. Sutton, survived him as well as children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren, all to inherit a stainless and honored name and to cherish a noble memory. Mr. Sullivant was nearly thirty years old and already married, with his residence established in a suburban home surrounded by a rich flora, before his taste for such studies developed, He collected and carefully studied the plants of central Ohio, and made neat sketches of the minute parts of many of them, especially grasses and sedges, and began his correspondence with the leading botanists of the country, and in 1840 published “A Catalogue of Plants, Native or Naturalized, in the Vicinity of Columbus, Ohio,” of sixty- three pages, to which he added a few pages of valuable notes. His only other publication in phanogamous botany is a short article on three new The November Bryologist was issued November 1st, 1904. — 2 — plants which he discovered in the district, contributed to the American Journal of Science and the Arts, in 1842. His further observations and notes were communicated to friends. As soon as the flowering plants of his district ceased to afford him novelty he turned to the mosses, in which he found abundant scientific occupation of a kind well suited to his bent for patient and close observation, scrupulous accuracy, and nice distinction and discrimination. His first publication in his chosen department was the “ Musci Alleg- haniensis,” accompanied by the specimens themselves of Mosses and Hepaticae collected in a botanical expedition through the Alleghany Moun- tains from Maryland to Georgia in the summer of 1843, Asa Gray being his companion. In 1846 Mr. Sullivant communicated to the American Academy the first part, and in 1849 the second part of his “Contributions to the Bry- ology and Hepaticology of North America/’ which appeared, one in the third, the other in the fourth volume (new series) of the Academy’s Memoirs, each with five plates from the author’s own admirable drawings. These plates were engraved at his own expense, and were generously given to the Academy. When the second edition of Gray’s “ Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States” was in preparation, Mr. Sullivant was asked to contribute to it a compendious account of the Musci and Hepaticae of the region; which he did in the space of about one hundred pages, generously adding at his sole charge eight copper plates crowded with illustrations of the details of the genera, thus, enhancing vastly the value of his friend’s work and laying a foundation for the general study of bryology in the United States which then and thus began. So excellent are these illustrations, both in plan and execution, that Schimper, then the leading bryologist of the Old World and a most compe- tent judge since he has published hundreds of figures in his “ Bryologia Europeae,” not only adopted the same plan in his Synopsis of the European Mosses but also the very figures themselves (a few of which, however, ori- ginally his own), whenever they would serve his purpose, as was the case with most of them. A separate edition was published of this portion of the Manual, under the title of “The Musci and Hepaticae of the United States, east of the Mississippi River” (New York, 1856, imperial octavo) upon thick paper and with proof impressions directly from the copper plates. This exquisite volume was placed on sale at far less than cost, and copies are now of great rarity and value. It was with regret that the author of the Manual omitted this cryptogamic portion from the ensuing editions and only with the understanding that a separate “Species Muscorum ” or Manual for the Mosses of the whole United States should replace it. This most need- ful work Mr. Sullivant was just about to prepare for the press, when death came to close his career. His work was, however, completed by his friends, Leo Lesquereux and Thomas P. James, and is the Manual of our daily use. For an account of his various Exsiccati reference can be made to the leones Supplement Sketch by Asa Gray. The “leones Muscorum,” however, is Mr. Sullivant’s crowning work, —3 as Prof. Gray says, and also the work with which we are most familiar. It consists, as the title indicates, of “ Figures and Descriptions of most of those Mosses peculiar to Eastern North America which have not been heretofore figured,” and forms an imperial octavo volume with one hundred and twenty-nine copper plates, published in 1864. The letterpress and plates are simply exquisite and wholly unrivalled, and the scientific character is ack- nowledged to be worthy of the setting. The second volume was in course of preparation at the time of Mr. Sullivant’s death, but the material was found to be mostly in notes on herbarium sheets, etc., and the work of editing was undertaken by Leo Lesquereux who alone was in a position to complete it. This was done as a labor of love for his friend, and though pressure was brought to bear to have the name of Leo Lesquereux appear on the title pag'e, he would not consent, and it appears as the final work of Sullivant, though the preface acknowledged this indebtedness to Lesquereux. In accordance with his wishes all his bryological books and his exceed- ingly rich and important collections and preparations of mosses were con- signed to the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University with a view to their safe keeping and long continued usefulness. The remainder of his botani- cal library, his choice microscopes, and other collections went to the State Scientific and Agricultural College established at the time of his death at Columbus, and to the Starling Medical College, founded by his uncle and of which he was himself the senior trustee. Mr. Sullivant was chosen into the American Academy in 1845: received the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws from Gambier College in his- native State, was an associate of the principal scientific societies of this country and of several in Europe. His oldest botanical associates long ago enjoyed the pleasure of bestowing the name SULLIVANTIA OHIONIS upon a very rare plant, a Saxifrage, which he himself discovered in his native State on the secluded banks of a tributary of the river which flows by the place where he was born and where his remains now repose. SPORE DISTRIBUTION IN BUXBAUMIA. A. J. Grout. Mr. Dixon in his Handbook oL British Mosses states that Buxbaumia aphylla scatters its spores by the rupture of the capsule walls. Schimper in the Bryologia Europea states that the tube of the peristome is so narrow that the spores cannot pass out after the capsule dies and the peristome becomes twisted. The peristome of Buxbaumia is so perfectly developed that it has not seemed probable to me that it could be a useless organ, and for several years I have been trying to get fresh specimens just at the time of complete maturity and before the spores had been shed. Early last June Mr. Walter Gerritson sent me in some specimens which were in just the right condition and when the capsules were lightly tapped with a pencil the spores were projected as far and as freely as in Weber a sessilis. After dehiscence the — 4— capsules partially collapse so that undoubtedly some of the spores do escape by the breaking of the capsule walls but that this is the main reli- ance of the species I do not for a moment believe. Prof. Goebel says that the breaking of the outer walls of the capsule of B. indusiata renders it easier for the raindrops to force out the spores (by reason of the lessened resistance of the capsule wall to the impact of the drops) so that he evidently believes that the peristome of Buxbaumia is func- tional. NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE IV.— THE GENUS NECKERA HEDW. By Elizabeth G. Britton. There have been three genera named for Noel J. Necker (1729-1793): Neckeria §copoli Int. 313. 1777 equals Capnoides (Papaveracese). Necker ia Hedw. Fund. 2:93. 1782 equals Neckera Hedw. (Neckeracese). Neckeria Ait. Gmel. Syst. 3:316. 1791. equals Pollichia (Caryophyllacese). The first genus named for him is not in use at present, being antedated by Capnoides Adans, but as there are one hundred and ten species in this genus, if it be divided, Neckeria of Scopoli would have precedence over Neckeria Hedw. Recognizing this fact Mr. S. C. Stuntz published in 1900 a Revision of the North American Species of Neckera Hedw., taking up the generic name of Eleutera Beauv. (1805). This name is antedated by Rhys- tophylhmi Ehrh. (1780-1789) which was founded on Hypnum crispmn L. (1753), which in turn was based on the descriptions and illustrations given by Dillenius (1741) and Robert Morrison (1699), both of which are unmistaka- bly referable to the genus Neckera as at present understood. As originally founded by Hedwig (1782) his genus Neckeria was described simply as having a double peristome, and included Hypnum cris~ pum , curtipendulum , viticulosum and sericeinn which have been referred to Neckera , Antitrichia , Anomodon and Homalothecium. The type species is the same as in Rhystophyllurn , but that Hedwig did not understand the genus at all in its modern restricted sense is shown by his treatment of Neckera , in his Muscorum Frondosorum, ten years later, when he figured nine species which have since been referred by other authors to Pilotrich- ella , Pilotrichum , Pterobryum and Cylindrothecium , including four species of Neckera. Furthermore. .Hedwig included one species of Neckera in his genus Leskia (1782) which was also a mixture, including Pylaisea . A1107110- don, Eurhynchium and Leskea. In fact it will be found that the descriptions given by Morrison and Dillenius, and quoted by Linnaeus, are more lucid and applicable to the genus, than those given by Hedwig, and as Ehrhart's genus Rhystophyllurn is monotypic, being based 'on one Linnean species with two illustrations, and founded on a specimen issued in a set of Exsic- catae, there is no question as to his meaning or the application of the name, seeing that its derivation from two Greek words meaning Wrinkled-Leaved, indicates one of the most noticeable characters of the genus as limited in modern times. ■5— It may be of interest to notice the variety of species and genera which have been included under Neckera up to 1850 when it was reduced to its natural limits by Schimper. Bridel (1801) described fifteen species, adding- some belonging to Cryphaea and Climacium , to those previously included by Hedwig. In 1819 Bridel divided the genus into two sections, including the species of modern authors in his section Distichici, and placing species of Anomodon and Cy lindrothecium under Neckera. In the Bryologia Uni- versalis (1827) he added another section to the genus and kept the species of Neckera under Distichia. Carl Muller took up Distichia as a genus and described an African species in 1890. The genus Eleutera was founded by Beauvois (1805) as a substitute for Neckera because he did not believe in naming genera after persons so he substituted a name applied to Diana! He listed seven species belonging to Anomodon, A?ititrichia and Neckera, of which five had been included in Neckera by Hedwig, adding two species of Cy lindrothecium. Schimper, in the Bryologia Europsea, 1850, figured and described five species of Neckera: pennata, oligocarpa , pumila , crispa and complanata , thus bringing the genus into its natural limits, and most subsequent authors have followed him. But for comprehensiveness and amplification of the genus Neckera , Carl Muller exceeded all others, for in 1851, a year after the publication of the fascicle on Neckera in the Bryologia Europsea, he described one hundred and fifty-two species with nine sections and thirteen subsections including, accord- ing to his own statement, the following genera: Braunia, Hedwigidium, Entodon , Dichelyma, Leucodon, Asterodontium , Antitrichia , Sclerodon- tium , Hedwigia , Harrisonia , Leptodon , Lasia, Isothecium, Rhy stophy llurn , Climacium , Pterigynandrum , Leptohymenium , Pilotrichum and parts of Leskea , Hypmnn, and Eontinalis. It is one of the subsections, Cryphcea- delphus , which M. Cardot has recently raised to generic rank to replace Braxhelyma Sch. If all the old sectional and subsectional names which antedate generic names are to be hunted up there will be no end to the changes and the work necessary to get questions of priority correctly deter- mined ! Jaeger in the Adumbratio (1S75— 76) recognized one hundred and four species and two sections of the genus, Paraphysanthus Spruce, and Rhysto- phyllum Ehrh., and included in the latter five species recognized by Schim- per, adding Menziesii and Douglasii. Paris, in the Index, recognizes one hundred and fifty-eight species of Neckera . of which fifty are American and twenty-five are North American and West Indian. The validity of Ehrhart's genera is being recognized, and Brotherus in the Pflanzenfamilien adopts Georgia , Catharine a, and Web era and rele- gates to synonymy Tetr aphis. A trichum, Weber a Hedw. and Diphyscium Ehrh. and we believe that Rhy stophy llum Ehrh. also has valid claims. Rhystophyllum Ehrh. Beitr. 149, 1789, Crypt. Exsic. No. 97. 1780. Neckeria Hedw. Fund. 93. 17S2 in part. Leskea Hedw. Fund. 93. 17S2 in part. -6— Neckera Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3:48. 1792 in part. Fleutera Beauv. Prod. 35. 1805 in part. Neckera Sch. Br. Eu. fasc. 44-45* 1850. Type species Hypnum crispum L. Sp. pi. 2:1124. 1753. The following species are at present known in North America: \ Rhystophyllum Douglasii (Hook). I' ( Neckera Douglasii Hooker, Bot. Misc. 1:131. pi. 35* 1830.^ {Rhystophyllum pennatum (L.) Fontinalis pennata L. Sp. PI. 1371. 1763* Neckera pennata Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3:47. pi. 19. I792* j Rhystophyllum oligocarpum (Bruch.) 3- \ Neckera oligocarpa Bruch, Mscr. in Hartm. Skand. Fl. 338. 1849. j Rhystophyllum Menziesii (Hook.) 4- ) Neckera Menziesii Hook, in Drum. Muse. Bor. Am. (Ed. 1.) ( Rhystophyllum onithopodioides (Scop.) 5. } Hypnum ornithopodioides Scop. Fl. Carn. 164. 1760. ( Neckera complanata Hub. Muscol. Germ. 576. 1832. c Rhystophyllum distichum (Sw.) „ 6. } Fontinalis distichum Sw. Pr. Fl. Ind. Occ. 138. 1788. [Neckera distichum Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3:53* pi* 22* J792- ( Rhystophyllum Jamaicensis (Gmel.) 7. < Hypnum Jamaicensis Gmel. L Syst. Nat. 1341. I791* ( Neckera undulata Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3:5i.‘pl. 21. 1792- BOOK NOTICE— THE TEACHING OF BIOLOGY, BY F. E. LLOYD AND M. A. BIGELOW. A. J. Grout. It is not often that The Bryologist feels called upon to review books on other subjects than those to which it professes to devote itself. However, so many of our readers are also teachers that we feel they will thank us for calling their attention to this book which is not merely excellent in theory, but is full of practical hints and suggestions as to material and method. No teacher of biology or nature study can read this book without being helped. It is almost needless to say that Prof. Lloyd treats of Botany and Prof. Bigelow of Zoology. It is published by Longmans, Green & Co. (in the American Teachers" Series), New York, 8vo., $1.50. MUSCI BOREALI-AMERICANI BY PROF. J. M. HOLZINGER. A. J. Grout. Fascicle 5, numbers 101-125 of Prof. Holzinger’s Musci Acrocarpi Boreali-Americani has just come to hand. Some of the more interesting species are : Mnium glabrescens Kindb., M. venustum Mitt., Bryum coron- atum Schwaegr., B. Sawyeri R. & C., B. cirrhatum Hoppe., Orthotrichum pulchellum Brunton and its variety leucodon Vent., Funaria Americana Lindb., Webera proligera (Lindb. ) Kindb., Scouleria aquatica Hook., Fissi- dens rufulus B. & S., and Dicranodontium longirostre (Web. & Mohr.) B. & S. — 7— REVIEW OF DR. WARNSTORF’S PAPER ON EUROPEAN H ARPIDIA. John M. Holzinger. This paper is published in the Beiheft zum Botanischen Centralblatt, Band XIII, Heft 4, 1903. It is accompanied by two plates. In dealing with the literature of the group the author naturally reviews the work of previous authors who have made it a specialty. Carl Mueller was the first to treat this as a subsection of Hypnum, under the name of Drepanoclo.dus (1851). In 1856 Sullivant gave the name Harpidium to essentially the same group, with some omissions, and for forty years Sulli- vant’s name has been in use, in spite of the priority of Mueller’s name. Since 1885, however, there has been established a genus of lichens, Harpi- dium Korben. So that now a double ground exists for holding to Mueller’s older Drepanocladus. Limpricht, in his Laubmoose, has reinstated the name, and Warnstorf very properly has taken like ground. The authors most interested in this group were Schimper (1876), Sanio (1891), Renauld (1890), v. Klingraeff (1893), and Limpricht (1900). The least practical, most mechanical treatment appears to have been that of Sanio. Both Renauld and Limpricht are far more logical in disposing of the multi- tude of forms in this polymorphic group, A number of species retained by them are however reduced by Warnstorf, and his discussion of these species is quite instructive. Following is his synopsis of European species of Drepanocladus-. I. INTEGROFOLIA — A. Group Kneiffii: D. Kneiffii (Sch.) D. polycarpus (Bland). D. pseudofluitans (Sanio). D, simplicissimus (W. Warnst.) B. Group Aduncus: Crassicostata— D. capillifolius (Warnst.) D. aduncus (Hedw.) D. Sendtneri (Sch.) • Tenuicostata. D. lycopodioides (Schwaegr.) D. latifolius (Lindb. & Arnell). D. brevifolius (Lindb.) D. subaduncus (Warnst.) C. Group Intermedius: D. vernicosus (Lindb.) D. intermedius (Lindb.) D. revolvens (Sw.) D. latinervus (Arnell). —8— II. SERRATIFOLIA — D. Group Uncinatus: D. uncinatus (Hedw. ) E. Group Exannulatus : D. Rotae (DeNot). D. pseudorufescens (Warnst.j D. fiuitans (L.) D. exannulatus (Guemb.) The author’s interruption in this work, in order to elaborate his local Mossflora, has prevented his going into much greater detail and after spread- ing out his general plan he describes minutely and discusses the range of forms of only the eight species which appear to occur in his restricted area, vis.: D. pseudo fiuitans ; D. simplicissimus , with three new varieties; D. capilif olius, with five varieties, one new: D. lycopodioides ; D. latifolius ; D. brevifolius: D. uncinatus , with eight varieties, ,one of them new; D. sub- aduncus. In a foot note under D. uncinatus plumulosus the author considers Hyp- num symmetricum Ren. & Card., a form of this plumulose variety. No other American forms are referred to. While the author does not complete his task in the sense of his first intention, his treatment of this difficult sec- tion of Hypnum, based upon a comprehensive study of all the important Harpidium collections of Europe, commands both respectful attention and interest in the sound common sense judgment shown. And one of these days when from among our own bryologists one shall take up our American Harpidia for a general review, the way pointed out by this author will be of the greatest possible value. Winona, Minn. NEW OR UNRECORDED MOSSES OF NORTH AMERICA. By J. Cardot and I. Theriot. Translated and condensed from The Botanical Gazette, May, 1904. DESCRIPTIONS OP NEW SPECIES GIVEN IN FULL. Phascum hyalinotrichum Card. & Ther. Plants small, budlike, solitary or clustered, light green. Leaves imbri- cated, the lower smaller, the upper larger, median and upper ovate, 0.8-1 mm. long by o.6 mm. wide, concave, entire or subentire, acuminate, margins plane or slightly reflexed below : costa narrow, 24// wide in the mid- dle of the leaf, attenuate below, excurrent into a hairlike flexuous hyaline point, y^-Yz the length of the leaf. Areolation lax, not papillose not very chlorophyllose, hyaline above, median cells irregular, quadrate, short- rectangular or subhexagonal, 18-30 // by 12-18 ju, somewhat incrassate, the lower larger and, thinner walled, the upper longer, more incrassate. Seta very short, 0.2 mm. long, geniculate; capsule immersed, globose, apiculate, 0.7 mm. in diameter; calyptra cucullate, covering half the capsule. Ripe spores unknown. Plate XVI. —9— California: Soldiers' Home, Los Angeles Co. (Dr. Hasse, 1902 : herb. C. F. Baker). A quite peculiar species, very distinct by its habit, which recalls that of an Acaulon, its puliform excurrent nerve, and its loose smooth areolation, a little chlorophyllose below and hyaline above. Pleuridium Bakeri Card, and Ther. Plants short, loosely caespitose, yellowish green. Stem 2-4 mm. long, erect, simple. Leaves erect, the lower minute,, distant, the upper longer, lanceolate-subulate, acute, entire, rarely subdenticulate at apex, subcanalic- ulate by the indexed margins, 1.3s by 0.35 mm.: perichaetial leaves twice as long, gradually subulate; costa broad, 80-100//, percurrent, somewhat nar- rower in the perichaetial leaves, lower cells pellucid, subrectangular, 24/; by 12 //, median and upper narrower, 29-30// by 5//, opaque, incrassate. Seta erect, short, 0.4 mm. long; capsule immersed, ovate, somewhat gibbous, obtusely apicullate, smooth, orange when mature, 1 mm. by 0.6 mm. Calyp- tra cucullate, covering Y~)/2 the capsule. Spores subglobose, minutely papillose, 24-30// in diameter. Seemingly dioicous, antheridial buds unknown. Plate XVI. California: On ground in old pastures, foothills near Stanford Univer- sity (C. F. Baker, 1902). Var. elongatum Card. & Ther. Differs from the typical form in the longer stems and longer and more dexuous upper leaves. California: On wet clay soil, foothills near Palo Alto (C. B. Baker, 1902). Distinguished from P. subulatinn Br. Eur. by the shorter and less finely subulate leaves, with a broader costa. The later character also sepa- rates our species from P. Bolanderi C. Muell. , which, besides, has the leaves distinctly denticulate on the margins from the middle upward. P. Ravene l li Aust., of which we have seen no authentic specimen, according to the description has carinate leaves, excurrent costa, and synoicous inflor- escence. If the inflorescence of P. Bakeri is, as we think, really dioicous, this character would distinguish it from all the other North American and European species of Pleuridium. Dicranella curvata Sch. var. Missourica Card. & Ther. Differs from the type in the less distinctly striate capsule and the broader and shorter leaf cells. Missouri: Seligman, on ground (B. F. Bush, 1898). Dicranum alatum (Barnes) Card. & Ther. Dicranum Bonjeani DeNot. var. alatum Barnes. Illinois: Chicago (Dr. J. Roll, 1888). Wisconsin: Madison (Cheney and True). W. Minnesota: Cedar Lake, near Montevideo, Chippewa Co. (J. M. Holzinger, 1901). The nerve bearing on the back two high, serrate lamellae, and the shorter, thinner- walled cells of the areolation, seem characters of sufficient value to separate this moss from D. Bonjeani. Plate XVII. — IO — Fissidens Bushii Card. & Ther. Fissidens subbasilaris var. Bushii Card. & Ther. Missouri: Eagle Rock, on gravelly ground (B. F. Bush, 1897). Texas: (Elsa Baumann ; herb. Dr. Zickendrath). At first we considered, this moss as a variety of F subbasilaris Hedw. but further observations led us to a different conclusion, and now we think it preferable, on account of the monoicous inflorescence and the costa reach- ing the apex, to place it near F. taxifolius Hedw., of which it may be a subspecies, characterized by the nearly twice smaller size, the obtuse abruptly apiculate leaves with the dorsal wing not undulate at base and with smaller cells. From F. subbasilaris it is easily distinguished by the inflorescence and the costa reaching the apex. Plate XVII. Fissidens pusillus Wils. var. brevifolius Card. & Ther. Differs from the type in the much shorter and more abruply and shortly acuminate leaves of the sterile innovations. California: Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co. (Dr. Hasse, 1902; herb. C. F. Baker). Pottia Nevadensis Card. & Ther. Monoicous? green; caespitose. Stems erect, short, 1-2 mm. long. Leaves erect, ovate, concave, median 1 by 0.6 mm., the lower smaller, all smooth with entire margins somewhat revolute on one side at least. Costa narrow, abruptly excurrent into a subpiliform apex, median cells hexagonal or rhomboidal, not very chlorophyllose, about 18 /i by 15//, the upper some- what smaller, the basal elongated rectangular 40/* by 18/*, all entirely smooth. Perichaetial leaves much larger and lighter colored, broader, strongly con- cave, reaching 2 mm. in length. Seta light colored, flexuous, 10-15 mm. long. Capsule 1.5-2 mm. by 0.75 mm., erect, oblong, attenuate at base, truncate at mouth, pale, without peristome. Operculum depressed, long and slenderly beaked, 1.2 , mm. long. Columella adhering somewhat. Spores densety papillose, 24-30/* in diameter. Plate XVIII. Nevada: Kings Canon, near Carson, on ground about willow thickets (C. F. Baker, 1902). This species seems very distinct from any other European or North American Pottia. Didymodon tophaceus Jur. var. decurrens Card. & Ther. Similar to var. flatus. Leaves remote, recurved when moist, long decurrent, strongly papillose on the back, costa rough. Texas: Shovel Mt., Burnet Co. (Rev. Franciscus Ebeling; herb. Dr. E. Zickendrath). Desmatodon Bushii Card. & Ther. Plants loosely caespitose, olive-green. Stems erect, 5-15 mm. long simple or divided. Leaves crispate when dry, when moist erect-spreading 1-1.5 mm. by 0.4 mm., oblong-lanceolate, mostly obtuse, costa short-excur rent, mucronate, margins entire, longly revolute, kwer cells rectangular, hyaline or somewhat yellowish, 35-40/* by 9 /*, the rest roundish-quadrate, — II — strongly papillose, opaque, 7-8// in diameter. Costa 6o/z thick at base. Perichaetial leaves larger, hyaline in the lower ^-^4, more narrowly acum- inate, margins about as much revolute above. Seta pale red, about io mm. long. Capsule erect, subcylindric, with operculum about 2 by 0.44 mm., operculum conic, rather short, .05 mm. long. Calyptra covering yi the cap- sule. Peristome 0.35 mm. high, purple, basal membrane short, teeth little twisted, divided to the base into two filiform divisions, papillose, divisions usually united below by two or three trabeculae. Spores smooth, variable, globose or elliptic, 20-30// in diameter. Seemingly dioicous (antheridial buds unknown). Plate XVII. Missouri: Courtney, on wet rocks (B. F. Bush, 1898). Much resembling Barbula unguiculata Hedw. by the habit and the shape and areolation of the leaves, but readily distinguished from it by the peculiar structure of the peristome, which is hardly twisted, and by the spores twice larger. C. Mueller describes a B. cancejlcita, the peristome of which according to the description must have a similar structure to that of our D. Bushii, but the teeth are smooth (likely twisted) and the lid is as long as the capsule. Desmatodon systilioides Ren. & Card. This is not a Desmatodon but a new Pottia of the group Heimii. Barbula macrotricha Card. & Ther. Tufts compact, hoary above. Stems short, 1-2 mm. long. Leaves erect when moist, appressed into a bud-like shape, twisted when dry, 1-1.5 mm., by 0.6-0. 8 mm. ovate or short subspatulate, apex broadly obtuse, often emarginate especially in the lower leaves, broken when old, margins entire, plane at base, above this revolute to near the apex. Costa narrow, 4-8// thick, excurrent into a smooth hyaline hair which is short in the lower leaves but equalling the rest of the leaf in the upper leaves. Lower leaf cells quadrate or short rectangular, 18// broad, hyaline or slightly chloro- phyllose, nearly smooth, the other cells smaller, about 12// broad, quadrate or subrotund, strongly chlorophyllose and highly papillose, therefore indis- tinct. Seta reddish at base, above pale, 6-8 mm. long, Capsule erect, sub- cylindric, somewhat curved, 2.5 mm. long, including the elongated conic operculum. No mature capsules known. Seemingly dioicous as antherial plants were not seen on fruiting plants. Plate XVIII. California: Soldier’s Home, Los Angeles Co. (Dr. Hasse, 1902; herb. C. F. Baker). In general appearance resembling the smallest forms of B. muralis Timm., from which it differers by the smaller size, the short pedicel, the much shorter leaves obtuse or emarginate and finally eroded at the apex, the hair of the upper leaves as long as or even longer than the lamina, etc. (To be continued.) — 12 — SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER ANNUAL REPORTS. REPORT OF JUDGE OF ELECTIONS. Miss Mary F. Miller, December i, 1904. Secretary, Sullivant Moss Chapter. The following report of the election of officers of the Chapter for the year 1905 is respectfully submitted: For President — Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain 20 Vice-Pres. — Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris 21 “ Secretary — Miss Mary F. Miller 20 “ Treasurer — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith 21 The above candidates are elected. Agnes Chase, Judge of Elections. REPORT OF THE TREASURER. The following statement for the year beginning December 1, 1903, and ending December 1, 1904, is respectfully submitted: Receipts: cash in hand Dec. 1, 1903.. “ to balance from Miss Wheeler ... $15 57 Disbursements : To the Bryologist.. $96 30 1 65 “ Express. “ Postage and Stationery.. 2 85 9 53 “ sale of Herbarium Cases 1 50 $108 68 Dues from Members. . . . 118 88 Cash in hand Dec. 1, 1904. .. 28 92 $137 60 $137 60 Annie Morrill Smith, Treasurer. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. The records of the Sullivant Moss Chapter for 1904 show a gratifying continuance of its usual prosperity. There are now one hundred and thirty- eight members, twenty-two new ones having been added during the year. We have lost five members; four have withdrawn, and I regret to record the death of Mrs. Emilia C . Anthony. Mrs. Anthony always displayed an active interest in bryology, and contributed generously to the Chapter Herbarium. There are at present nearly one thousand three hundred specimens in the Herbarium of the Moss Department of the Chapter, representing three hundred and eighty-one species and varieties and one hundred and nine genera, one hundred and fifty-nine new specimens and thirty-six new species having been added this year. Among the larger contributions to the Herbarium are over eighty mosses from Florida, North Carolina and Massachusetts, donated by Miss Abby M. Small ; and a number of Florida mosses, donated by Mr. Severin Rapp. There have also been valuable con- tributions from other members. During 1904, seventy-nine specimens of mosses, hepatics and lichens have been offered in the Bryologist. It is hoped that members will offer more hepatics during the coming year. A great many mosses have been sent in for determination, and the experts have ever responded cheerfully and willingly to the call for assist- ance in naming them. Appreciation should also be expressed of the hearty co-operation of the collectors throughout the country, for it is owing to their untiring energy in collecting and distributing specimens that the “offer- ing ” department of the Chapter is possible. Respectfully submitted, Mary F. Miller, Secretary. OFFERINGS. (To Chapter Members only. For postage.) Mrs. R. H. Carter, 37 Church street, Laconia, N. H. Rhacomitrium acicu - lare (L.) Brid., c.fr. ; Rhynchostegium rusciforme (Neck.) B. & S., c.fr., Hypnum ochraceum Turn. st. ; H. palustre Hedw., c.fr. Collected in Gilford, N. H. Mr. N. L. T. Nelson, 3968 Laclede Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Gymnostomum curvirostre (Ehrh.) Hedw., c.fr.; Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb. ) Hampe., c.fr. Collected in Missouri. Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C. Hylocomium proliferum (L.) Lindb., c.fr. Collected in Maine. Mr. Severin Rapp, Sanford, Orange Co., Florida. Leucobryum sediforme (Mull.) Hedw., c.fr.; Funaria hygrometrica { L. ) Sibth. var. lutea , c.fr. Collected in Sanford. Mrs. Sarah B. Hadley, South Canterbury, Conn. Dichelyma capillaceum B. &S., c.fr,; Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Sch., c.fr. Collected in South Canterbury. Prof. W. W. Stockberger, Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Mnium punctatum Hedw., c.fr.; Dicranum viride Schimp., st. Col- lected in the White Mountains, N. H. Mr. Charles C. Plitt, 1706 Hanover street, Baltimore, Md. Frullania Asa - grayana Mont. Collected near Baltimore. Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. Cetr aria nivalis Ach. Collected on Mt. Washington, N. H. — 14- LIST OF SULLIVANT CHAPTER MEMBERS Adams, Miss Carrie E Hinsdale, N. H> Adams, Mr. F. M 337 Greene Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. Ainslie, Mr. Charles N First National Bank, Rochester, Minn. Ames, Mr. Oakes .Ames Botanical Library, North Easton, Mass. Anderson, Mr. John A High School, Dubuque, Iowa. Bade, Dr. Wm. F University of California, Berkeley, Cal. Bailey, Dr. J. W Seattle, Wash. Bailey, Miss Harriet B .830 Amsterdam Ave., New York City. Barbour, Mr. Wm. C Sayre, Pa. Barnes, Prof. Charles R . ..Dept. Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. Best, Dr. George N . . . Rosemont, N. J. Bonser, Prof. Thomas A Spokane, Wash. Brenckle, Dr. J. F Box 204, Kulm, North Dakota. Britton, Mrs. Elizabeth G N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. Brown, Mr. Edgar. . . .Division of Botany, Dept. Agric., Washington, D. C. Browne, Mrs. A. F Mahone Bay, Nova Scotia. Bruce, Mr. C. Stanley Shelburne, Nova Scotia. Bryant, Miss E. B 32 Reedsdale Street, Allston, Mass. Carr, Miss C. M South Sudbury, Mass. Carter, Mrs. R. H 37 Church St., Laconia, N. H. Chamberlain, Mr. Edward B 1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C. Chapin, Mrs. Louis N 11 East 32nd Street, N. Y. City. Chase, Mrs. Agnes 59 Florida Ave., N.W., Washington. D. C. Chase, Mr. Virginius H. Wady Petra, Stark Co., 111. Cheney, Prof. L. S Barron, Barron Co., Wis. Chatterton, Mr. F. W. . . 227 Townsend Ave., New Haven, Conn. Choate, Miss Agnes D 3400 Morgan Street, St. Louis, Mo. Clapp, Mrs. J. B 52 Hartford S.treet, Dorchester, Mass. Clark, Mr. H. S 16 Lineten Place, Hartford, Conn. Clarke, Mrs. Sarah L 1 West 81st Street, N. Y. City. Clarke, Miss Cora H 91 Mt. Vernon Street, Boston, Mass. Coffin, Miss Mary F 115 Newtonville Ave., Newton, Mass. Collins, Mr. J. Franklin .468 Hope Street, Providence, R. I. Coomes, Mrs. Laura M Queens, Queens Co., N. Y. City. Craig, Mr. T 1013 Sherbrooke Street, Montreal, Canada, Cresson, Mr. Ezra T. Jr Box 248, Philadelphia, Pa. Crockett, Miss Alice L Camden, Maine. Cummings, Prof. Clara E Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass. Curtis, Mrs. Elizabeth B Box 47, Hendersonville, N. C. Cushman, Miss H. Mary 300 North Fifth Street, Reading, Pa. Dacy, Miss Alice E 28 Ward Street, South Boston, Mass. Demetrio, Rev. Charles H Emma, Salina Co., Mo. Doran, Miss Genevieve. 13 Washington Ave., Waltham, Mass. Dunham, Mrs. Horace C. M 53 Maple Street, Aurburndale, Mass. Dupret, Mr. H Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. — 15— Eaton, Mr. Alvah H Seabrook, N. H. Eby, Mrs. Amelia F 141 North Duke Street, Lancaster, Pa. Edwards, Prof. Arthur M 423 Fourth Ave., Newark, N. J. Evans, Dr. Alexander W 2 Hillhouse Ave., New Haven, Conn. Fink, Prof. Bruce Grinnell, Iowa. Fletcher, Mr. S. W Pepperell, Mass. Frye, Prof. T. C. State University, Seattle, Wash. Gerritson, Mr. Walter .. 66 Robins Street, Waltham, Mass. Gilbert, Mr. B. D Clayville, Oneida Co., N. Y. Gilman, Mr. Charles W Palisades, Rockland Co., N. Y. Gilson, Miss Helen S 50 Williams Street, Rutland, Vermont. Graves, Mr. James A Susquehanna, Pa. Greenalch, Mr. Wallace 54 North Pine Street, Albany, N. Y. Greever, Mr. C. O 1345 East Ninth St., Des Moines, Iowa. Grout, Dr. A. J 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y. Hadley, Mrs. Sarah B South Canterbury, Conn. Harris, Mrs. Carolyn W. 125 St. Mark’s Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. Harris, Mr. Wilson P 987 West Delevan Ave., Buffalo, N. Y. Haughwout, Miss Mary R Patton, Cambria Co., Pa. Haynes, Miss Caroline C 16 East 36th Street., N. Y. City. Haydock, Mr. Wm. E 1328 Chestnut St., Philadelphia, Pa. Hill, Mr. Albert J New Westminster, British Columbia. Hill, Mr. E. J. . . . 7100 Eggleston Ave., Chicago, 111. Holzinger, Prof. John M Winona, Minn. Horton, Mrs. Francis B 13 Brook Street, Brattleboro, Vt. House, Mr. Homer D U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Huntington, Mr. J. Warren Amesbury, Mass. Hurlbut, Mrs. R. H South Sudbury, Mass. Jackson, Mr. Joseph 16 Woodland Street, Worcester, Mass. Jennings, Mr. Otto E 419 Craft Ave., Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pa. Joline, Mrs. A. H . . . 1 West 72nd St., N. Y. City. Jones, Mr. Wm Box 120, Lewiston, Fulton Co,, 111. Jump, Mrs. Harvey D Sayre, Pa. Kennedy, Dr. George G Readville, Mass. Kendall, Miss Alice C. Bird’s Oak, Auburndale, Mass. Klem, Miss Mary J . i8o8j£ Lafayette Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Krout, Prof. A. F. K Glenolden, Delaware Co., Pa. Lamprey, Mrs. E. S 2 Guild Street, Concord, N. H. Lippincott, Mr. Charles D Swedesboro, New Jersey. Lorenz, Miss Annie 96 Garden Street, Hartford, Conn. Lowe, Mrs. Josephine D. Noroton, Fairfield Co., Conn. Marshall, Miss M. A Still River, Worcester Co., Mass. Martens, Mr. J. W. Jr Shrub Oak, Westchester Co., N. Y. Mathews, Miss Caroline Waterville, Maine. Maxon, Mr. Wm. R U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. McConnell, Mrs. S. D 781 Madison Avenue, N. Y. City. — 16 McDonald, Mr. Frank E .417 California Ave., Peoria, 111. Merrill, Mr. G. K 564 Main Street, Rockland, Maine. Metcalf, Mrs. Rest E Hinsdale, N. H. Miller, Miss Mary F 1109 M St., N. W., Washington, D. C. Miller, Mr. Robert K 14 East Pleasant St., Baltimore, Md. Mirick, Miss Nellie 28 East Walnut Street, Oneida, N. Y. Murray, Miss Elsie. Athens, Pa. Naylor, Prof. J. P Greencastle, Ind.. Nelson, Mr. N. L. T 3968 Laclede Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Newman, Rev. S. M Cor. 10th & G Sts , N. W., Washington, D. C. O’Connor, Mrs. J. T Garden City, N. Y. Oleson, Mr. O. M Fort Dodge, Iowa. Palmer, Mrs. Rebecca L 615 Putnam Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. Perrine, Miss Lura L .State Normal School, Valley City, N. Dakota. Plitt, Mr. Charles C 1706 Hanover Street, Baltimore, Md. Pratt, Miss Henrietta A 63 Central Street, Waltham, Mass. Pollard, Mr. Charles L 286 Pine Street, Springfield, Mass. Puffer, Mrs. James J . Box 39, Sudbury, Mass. Rapp, Mr. Severin Sanford, Orange Co., Florida. Rau, Mr. Eugene A Bethlehem, Pa. Read, Mrs. R. M .175 Tremont Street, Boston, Mass. Robinson, Mr. C. B N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City. Rondthaler, Miss E. W Moravian Seminary, Bethlehem, Pa.- Sanborn, Miss Sarah F 54 Center Street, Concord, N. H. Schumacher, Miss Rosalie Millington, N. J. Seely, Mrs. J. A 39 Caroline Street, Ogdensburg. N. Y. Shreve, Mr. Forrest Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Smith, Mrs. Annie Morrill 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Smith, Mrs. Charles C 286 Marlborough Street, Boston, Mass. Stevens, Mrs. M. L 39 Columbia Street, Brookline, Mass. Stevens, Mrs. O. H 32 Pleasant Street, Marlboro, Mass^ Stockberger, Prof. W.W ...... .Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Streeter, Mrs. Milford B 113 Hooper Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Sweetser, Prof. Albert R University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon. Talbott, Mrs. Laura Osborne “The Lenox,” Washington, D. C. Taylor, Mrs. A. P Thomasville, Ga. Thompson, Miss Esther H Box 407, Litchfield, Conn. Thompson, Mrs. H. G Brooklyn, N. Y. Towle, Miss Phebe M 19 Orchard Terrace, Burlington, Vermont. Van der Eike, Mr. Paul. Marine Mills, Wis. Warner, Miss Edith A 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Wheeler, Miss Harriet Chatham, Columbia Co., N. Y. Wheeler, Miss Jane 248 Lark Street, Albany, N. Y. Williams, Mrs. Mary E 1536 Pine Street, Philadelphia, Pa. Williams. Mr. R. S N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City. Tim PLANT WORLD An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society If you begin to know mosses and lichens you will become interested in the whole of plant life. And you cannot help it if you read The Plant World. The most noted professionals contribute to its pages : it is working constantly for the protection of our native wild flowers ; it has a department devoted to the amateur’s garden and greenhouse; and it pays especial atten- tion to the accounts of little known fruits and flowers from remote parts of the world. Send a stamp for a sample copy, or better yet, send $1.50 for a year’s trial subscription. THE PLANT WORLD CO., Box 334, Washington, D. C. Annotated List of New Hampshire Birds By Glover Morrill Allen Contains, besides the main body of the work, Belknap’s original List, Chapters on Faunal Areas, Migration, etc. A complete Bibliography, and a carefully compiled Index. A limited number reprinted as separates from the Journal of Proceedings of the Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences. Price, Paper $1.00; Cloth $1.50 NATURE STUDY PRESS, Manchester, N. H. BOTANICAL DRAUGHTSMAN General Biological Drawing for Truthful and Effective Reproduction P. B. WHELPLEY, Dublin, New Hampshire The — Journal of the Maine Ornithological Society With the January, 1904, Number Begins its Seventh Volume A Quarterly Journal all about Maine Birds You should have Mr. Arthur H. Norton’s papers on “The Finches Found in Maine” and the series of papers on “The Warblers Found in Maine,” written up by four of the members of the Society. These alone well worth the price of a year’s subscription. Subscription, Fifty Cervts per Arvrvum ^ ^ Fifteen Cents per Copy Send stamps for Sample Copy to J. MERTON SWAIN, Business Manager A S FAIRFIELD, MAINE mxruTJTJTJ-m njiJXTLrmjxri jui jut Jin jtj^ rnirux^ PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news ; estab- lished 1901. About 16 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City H E P AT S C S The only popular book treating of these plants is the new edition of Grout’s Mosses with a Hand-lens which describes and illustrates fifty species. The part treating of mosses is revised and greatly enlarged including fifty species more than the first edition. The additional species are even more fully illustrated than the original 100. The number of full page plates is more than doubled. Printed on fine coated paper and bound in strong servicable cloth. Ready about Jan. 1st. Price $1.50 post paid. Order now by post card and the book will be sent as soon as published. A. J. GROUT 360 LENOX ROAD ^ BROOKLYN, N. Y. TJTJlJTJTJTJTJTJlJTJTXIXLrLrilUlJTJlJTJlJTJTJTriJTJTJAJTJTiTJTrUTJlJTXLrLJTXLr tjtj-II LITUTIJ1. rnn_nj LjTxuxnjajirLrirmjTJTnjTJTrmjTrLJxniiJiJTJiJTru^^ VOLUME VIII. NUMBER 2 5 C' MARCH, 1905 mu The BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS A Lesson in Systematic Bryology ( Illus .) Dr. G. N. Best 17 How to Collect and Study Lichens .... Bruce Fink 22 Some Recently Described N. A. Polytricha {Illus.) John M. Holzmger 28 Notes on a Colony of Hepatics Associated on a Fungus Caroline Coventry Haynes 31 Rhacomitrium heterostichum gracilescens, Alice L. Crockett 33 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes .33 Report of the Philadelphia Meeting . Mary F. Miller 33 My Valedictory .... John M. Holzinger 3k Offerings 35 New or Unrecorded Mosses of N. A. {Trans.) Cardot and Theriot 36 Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. ^ Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. mjTJirmjnLTLixrimLrmjxrinjTJTJLrm PRES8 OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK HAT? 9 3 m THE BRYOLOCIST BIMONTHLY JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS. ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Subscription Price, $1.00 a year. 20c. a copy. Four issues 1898, 35c. Four issues 1899, 35c. Together, eight issues, 50c. Four issues 1900, 50c. Four issues 1901, 50c. Four Vols. $1.50 Six issues 1902, $1.00. Six issues 1903, $1.00. Six issues 1904, $1.00. Short articles and notes on mosses solicited from all students of the mosses. Address manu- script to A. J. Grout , Boys ' High School , Brooklyn , N. Y. Address all inquiries and sub? scriptions to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith , 78 Orange Street , Brooklyn , N. Y. For adver- tising space address Mrs. Smith. Check , except N. Y. City , MUST contain 10 cents extra for Clearing House charges. Copyrighted 1905, by Annie Morrill Smith. THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. President, Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, Washington, D.C. Vice-President, Mrs. C.W. Harris, 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller. 1109 M Street, Washington, D. C. Treasurer, Mrs. Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dues $1.10 a year, this includes a subscription to The Bryologist. All interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens by correspondence are invited to join. Send dues direct to the Treasurer. For further information address the Secretary. BOTANICAL SUPPLIES Everything for the Botanist COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS GENUS COVERS— TROWELS Send por Circular GROUT MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS New Edition Jan. 1905 — -.$1.50 Net Until April ist, 1905, after that Date $1.75 MOSSES with * HAND-LENS MICROSCOPE PARTS I. & II., $1.00 each net, postpaid. Sample Pages on application. O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City BOTANICAL DRAUGHTSMAN General Biological Drawing for Truthful and Effective Reproduction P. B. WHELPLEY, Dublin, New Hampshire Plate II. Tliuidium — Leaves, median cells and stem section. THE BRYOLOGIST. VOL. VIII. March, 1905. No. 2. A LESSON IN SYSTEMATIC BRYOLOGY. Dr. George N. Best. [Read at the meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, Philadelpha, Pa., Dec. 31, 1904.] Whilfe engaged in the study of some specimens of Thuidium abieti?ium , collected in Minnesota by Prof. J. M. Holzinger, I noticed that one of these differed from the ordinary forms of this species in that the leaves were some- what larger, longer and more gradually acuminate, more strongly falcate- secund, and that the leaf cells were narrower and more elongated. Recognizing in these variations, at least in part, the characters on which Mitten had based his Thuidium hystricosum , and having an authentic speci- men of this species at hand, a comparison was made, with the result of find- ing them nearly identical. The leaves, however, of Thuidium hystricosum were slighly larger and the leaf cells somewhat longer, but the differences, in these respects were hardly appreciable. Not being fully satisfied that the Minnesota moss was indeed Thuidium hystricosum , I . submitted it to Dr. Mitten, who considered it a form of Thuidium abietinum. Not comprehend- ing how it was that two mosses, so nearly identical, should be referred to different species, I decided on an appeal, and in this instance to my herba- rium, which contained about forty specimens of Thuidium abietinum from an extended range : that is to say, from Germany, Switzerland, France, Bel- gium, England, Labrador, various localities in the United States and in Can- ada, and as far north as the Yukon Territory. With few execeptions these specimens had been determined by well known bryologists. It may therefore be confidently assumed that they were correctly named. In fact, while Thuidium abietinum is but very rarely found in fruit, its specific characters are so well marked that no difficulty need be experienced in distinguishing it from all of the North American and European Thuidia, unless it be from Thuidium hystricosum , which I regard as simply a form of this species. In my examination of these specimens attention was more especially directed to 1. The size and shape of the stem leaves taken from the middle third of the stem. 2. The size and shape of the leaf cells of these same leaves. 3. The presence or absence of a central strand in the stems. As a tabulated statement of the results obtained from the examination of each of these specimens would be somewhat confusing, a few representa- tive specimens have been selected by which it will be seen that we have here a series of forms, intergrading and ascending, and that the space between the extremes, that is between the lowest and the highest forms, is so covered by intermediate forms as to leave no doubt as to their being but variants of one specific type. The January BRYOLOGIST was issued December 27th, 1904. -18- Fig. i. Specimen from Crawford’s Notch, New Hampshire; central strand none; leaves .8 mm. long, .5 mm. wide, ovate, gradually acute to abruptly acuminate, acumen straight or slighly curved; leaf cells somewhat uniform; median broadly oval to roundish oval, nearly isodiametric. Fig. 2. Specimen from Northeastern Minnesota: central strand none; leaves differ from those of the preceding in being slightly larger, 1 mm. long, .6 mm. wide, more curved and longer acuminate; leaf cells larger and orbi- cular. Fig. 3. Specimen from Labrador; central strand none; leaves broadly ovate, 1 mm. long, .8 mm. wide, gradually acute to abruptly acuminate, acu- men curved; leaf cells somewhat irregular; median rhombic to oval-oblong. Fig. 4. Specimen from Germany; central strand rudimentary; leaves 1.2 mm. long, .8 mm. wide: differ but little from those of the preceding; leaf cells somewhat longer and narrower, oval-rhombic to fusiform. Fig. 5. Specimen from Niagara Falls': central strand rudimentary; leaves ovate-lanceolate, 1.4 mm. long, .8 mm. wide, slightly curved, nar- rowly acuminate; median leaf cells irregularly fusiform with subsinuate margins ; apical cells linear-fusiform. Fig. 6. Specimen from Northern Minnesota; central strand present but small and indistinct; leaves ovate-lanceolate, 1.6 mm. long, .9 mm. wide, narrowly acuminate, strongly curved: median leaf cells irregular, oval- rhombic to oblong-fusiform; apical linear-fusiform. Fig. 7. Specimen from North Downs, England: central strand small, distinct; leaves ovate-lanceolate, 1.8 mm. long, .9 mm. wide, falcate-secund, long and narrowly acuminate ; leaf cells not uniform , median oval-rhombic to fusiform; apical long linear-fusiform. — Thuidium hystricosum from Dr. Mitten. To recapitulate: The leaves of the lowest form are ovate, .8 mm. long, .5 mm. wide, gradually acute to short acuminate, acumen straight or slightly curved, In the highest form the leaves are ovate-lanceolate, 1.8 mm. long, .9 mm. wide, falcate-secund, long and narrowly acuminate. The leaf cells in the lowest form are broadly oval, nearly isodiametric; in the highest form the leaf cells are irregular, the median oval-rhombic to fusiform and the api- cal linear-fusiform. In the lowest form the stems are without a central strand; in the highest form the central strand is small but distinct. In the intermediate forms the central strand is absent or rudimentary, and the median leaf cells pass from oval-rhombic to rhombic-fusiform or oblong- fusiform. The parts of the plants which exhibit a fair degree of constancy or fix- edness are the multiform paraphyllia, the spreading, pinnate, tapering branches, two-rowed on either side of the oval stem; the reddish, incrassate, porose basal cells of the stem leaves, the central papillae on each surface of the leaf cells, longer on the lower than on the upper, and the midribs about three-fourths the length of the biplicate leaves. The series here presented is one of the simplest of its kind and illustrates quite well the evolution of a specific type. Its individuals being usually sterile and its propagation effected almost wholly by vegetative means, the unknown factor of hybridism is thereby practically eliminated. While it would be useless to deny the possibility of still lower and still higher forms appear- ing, yet, so far as this series goes, it is without a break or a missing link in the evolutionary chain. Parts of series, broken series, the so-called groups, are always in evidence, but a series in which the connection of intergrading forms is so well kept up as in the one before us, is not so common. This difficulty however is probably to be attributed more to a scarcity of material, at least in many cases, than to an absence of such connecting forms in nature. It is generally assumed that the lowest forms of a series are the oldest, and therefore properly represent the specific type, and that the highest forms are the latest and mark the evolution of this type. While this proposition is probably well founded, it scarcely admits of a demonstration: and while it is reasonably certain that plants appear in series, it is an open question whether these series are always ascending: possibly some are ascending, some comparatively stationary and others descending, inline for final extinc- tion. It is however more for its practical application in systematic work than for any theoretical consideration that this series is presented at this time, as I am fully convinced that if we are to make any considerable progress in systematic bryology, it must be along these lines. The younger bryologists among us know quite well what difficulties they have to contend with in determining the mosses they collect. If they succeed in tracing, with a reasonable degree of certainty, a given specimen to its genus, they are not infrequently baffled, notwithstanding the most persistent efforts, in making a satisfactory reference as to the species, two or three descriptions agreeing equally as well as any one. By not a little hard work and many bitter fail- ures, the older ones among us have learned to discount these descriptions to their actual value, and are thereby enabled to approximate a determination with a reasonable degree of confidence. In every system of classification, dealing with plants, the species is the unit of aggregation. It is therefore of the utmost importance that we should have a definite conception of what a species really is. In botany there is probably nothing so unscientific as the looseness with which species are usually made. Huxley defines a species as “the smallest group to which distinctive and invariable characters can be assigned.” This is the traditional species, originating in a special act of creation, (whatever that may mean,) and continuing through all time with but limited variation, sexual trespass among the individuals of which being punished with annihilation. Huxley’s species may be both logical and theol- ogical, but it is objectionable for the reason that it is too restrictive. Spe- cies with invariable characters are rare and probably do not exist outside of a single individual. Alphonse de Candolle says: “They are mistaken who repeat that the greater part of our species are clearly limited and that the doubtful species are in a feeble minority. This seemed to be — 20 — true so long as a genus was imperfectly known and its species were founded on a few specimens, that is to say, were provisional. Just as we come to know them better intermediate forms flow in and doubts as to specific limits augment.” In this connection it may be well to quote Darwin in the chapter on “Variation under Nature” in Origin of Species. “From these remarks,” he says, “ it will be seen that I look at the term species as one arbitrarily given, for the sake of convenience, to a set of individuals closely resembling each other and that it does not essentially differ from the term variety which is given to less distinct and more fluctuating forms.” It is needless to say that Darwin’s pet theory was “natural selection.” Before him other scient- ists had shown that in the organic world the indications pointed to an evolu- tionary process. Darwin claimed that the “ survival of the fittest” was the keynote to this process. To better cope with the changing conditions continually presenting themselves in the world, species gave off varieties these either disappeared in the course of time or became species, and these in turn gave off other varieties which likewise either disappeared or became species, and so on and on. Under the guidance of such teachings it is no great wonder that the out- put of new species is as large as it is, for if Huxley's views be followed, call- ing for not only distinctive but invariable characters, and these not rarely the lowest in the scale of taxonomic values, the number of species must of necessity be largely augmented. On the other hand, if species is a term arbitrarily given for convenience sake to a set of individuals closely resem- bling each other, as Darwin would have us believe, the easiest way to dis- pose of a given specimen which does not readily fall in the line of recognized species, is to dub it a “new species” and let it conveniently pass at that. Thus it happens that mere scraps, without sexual organs or fruit, gathered from the “four corners,” serve as the material out of which large batches of new species are made, apparently more for the glory of the makers than for the advancement of science. Taking advantage of Darwin’s “conveni- ence ” for exploiting their ephemeral creations, they seem to lose sight of one of his requirements, in fact the principal one, namely, a “set of indi- viduals.” Possibly it is assumed that this “set” is found in a single speci- men— I refer to mosses — but I am inclined to think that this assumption is a contravention of his real meaning. By “set” he probably intends to include a number of individuals not appearing in one tuft or from a single locality. But Huxley’s “ group ” and Darwin’s “set” are alike objectionable in that they imply something artificial. In fact this is the dangerous reef upon which we are now stranded. Is it not about time for us to break away from these Linnean conceptions and to settle ourselves down to a more rational basis? Evolution does its work along well defined lines, not sporadically. If a species means anything, it means a series of individuals possessing cer- tain distinctive but not invariable characters. In the higher orders of plants the sexual organs furnish excellent characters, not only for generic, but for — 21 — specific distinctions. In the Musci the sexual organs are not rarely absent, and when present are not so distinctive. We must therefore rely on other parts for the differentiation of species. The leaves, and especially the leaf cells, are supposed to furnish valuable characters. We have seen, however, in the series we have examined that these were more or less variable, and that this variability depended on individual differences. The characters derived from the size and shape of the leaves and the size and shape of the leaf cells, are to be regarded as complementary to those more constant, and are not of themselves to be considered specific. In the species of some gen- era in which this variability is not so marked, the leaves and tne leaf cells possess a higher degree of taxonomic value. In his excellent work, Die Laubmoose , Limpricht places considerable stress upon certain anatomical characters derived from transverse sections of the stems and midribs. Whether these will prove more reliable than those more commonly employed or be more acceptable to bryologists in general is as yet an open question. Judging from my own observations I have no hesitation in saying that while undoubtedly valuable they vary more than would naturally be supposed, this becoming apparent when the extremes of growth are compared, and are therefore to be taken with due allowance. It cannot however be too strongly urged that in the delimitation of species the whole plant, and not a single part of it to the exclusion of the other parts, should be the subject of investigation. From these considerations the fallacy of requiring each individual to con- form in all its parts to the original type of a given species becomes evident. This type is just as likely to be one of the lower or one of the higher forms of the species in question, as it is to be an intermediate form. In either case exact duplicates should not be demanded. Mosses do not grow so much after a mathematical formula as some bryologists would have us believe. It also appears that a single individual is not a species, although for descriptive and collective purposes it may be assumed so .to be. When it becomes advisable, which is rarely the case, to make a new species of a sin- gle specimen, or when the material upon which it is based is poor and with- out fruit, there should be something to indicate these facts, as for instance a double dagger as a prefix to the name of the species. This would show that it was simply provisional and possibly not entitled to the rank given it. Just here it may be observed that new species are not so much needed, although they may be occasionally called for, as a better understanding of the limitations of those already in use. It may be further observed that to describe a species by comparing it with another by saying that the leaves in the one are a little longer or a little shorter, a little wider or a little narrower, the leaf cells a little larger or a little smaller, the pedicels a little longer or a little shorter, and this too without givingany measurements, is simply inex- cusable. Species so described should not be recognized, neither should the makers of them. The only way to acquire a true conception of a specific type is to study a number of specimens, the more the better, from as many different localities — 22 — as possible. Extreme forms, intermediate forms, depauperate forms, all contribute to the series of which the species is the unit of aggregation. Subspecies, varieties, forms, may be necessary, but these will readily fall into their proper places when the specific type is once understood. The dimorphism which every species exhibits, and which is more apparent in some than in others, is only to be apprehended by a close study of the inter- mediate forms. From a taxonomic standpoint the recognition of these dimorphic tendencies is most important, as they are the marks by which the evolution of the type from its lower to its higher forms is shown. In conclusion allow me to say that it is to be hoped that when this blood- less nomenclatorial war is over and when musty tomes and rotten types have done their worst and when personal aggrandizement has given way to the claims of science, more time will be found for the study of the making and the delimitation ot species. Until that time it is to be feared that many a budding bryologist, full of life and hope, will be nipped by the frosts of many discouragements and driven to other fields in which more, satisfactory results await less exacting labors. Rosemont, New Jersey. HOW TO COLLECT AND STUDY LICHENS. Bruce Fink. Presented at the meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, Philadelphia, Pa., Dec. 31, 1904. Introductory. It is a very real pleasure to the writer to be able to contribute to the meeting of the “ Moss Chapter’’ something which he hopes may prove more or less interesting and suggestive. It was his privilege to be present at the meeting at Columbus, where the beginnings of the organization were made, and that meeting was so thoroughly enjoyable and instructive that he feels more keenly the loss at not being able to be at the present one. At the Columbus meeting, he expressed regrets that the lichenists could not have a similar society ; but since that time both the bryologists and the mycologists have appeared to be so willing to give us room that we hardly feel the need of any separate organization. Especially safe is it to state that every American worker in lichenology feels grateful to the “Moss Chapter” for opening the pages of The Bryologist for our articles on lichens. The work done there is already bearing fruit, and if the present writer can, by sending a paper to this meeting, aid those who have shown an interest in us and our work on the lichens, he will at the same time serve his own ends and those of lichen- ologists generally quite effectually. So to the matter of collecting and study- ing lichens without further introductory statement, except to say that only a popular statement can be given in the short time. Collecting. Lichens can be collected at any time in the year, but many of them are more likely to show the spore characters better when collected in the fall. They may be collected also on any kind of a day, but more effective work will be done on pleasant days, while many of the minute forms are more easily detected when damp and therefore brighter. The beginner will find —23 — the more conspicuous foliose and fruticose species first, and will be very likely to begin with the lichens of the trees. After finding a few of the most conspicuous forms, he will think that he is nearly done, and yet every time he goes over the same ground something new will appear. This is the uni- form experience, and even the most keen-eyed lichenist finds much of inter- est after he has been over a limited area several times. The difference between him and the beginner is that he knows from experience that he does not detect all the first few times over a spot; while the beginner has to learn this, little realizing how few of the many species he sees at first and how poorly he distinguishes differences in lichens, at first thinking that three or four forms are all one, when perhaps they do not even belong to the same genus. But careful study will soon begin to improve the powers of observa- tion, and the work will grow and the interest increase day by day. In continuing to work on a small area till it has been looked over a dozen times or more, one should attempt to find every substratum that might bear lichens and take into account all the varied conditions of light, shade, and moisture, which cause so much of the variation in species. Look carefully on old dying trees, trees in good condition but old with rough bark, and younger trees with smooth bark, for rocks in shade and rocks exposed to sunlight, the outcrops and the boulders and for shaded and exposed earth. Then look for any species of lichens that seem to prefer a particular genus or species of tree or a particular kind of rock or earth. And when all this is done in an average region, the beginner should be able to find from ioo to 150 lichen species and varieties within five miles of his home, while in some localities such work carried on for two or three years should give the student more than 200 lichens. Collecting Outfit. But before the first trip is made the student will want to know what to carry with him on a collecting trip. A good knife is needed to take the lichens from the trees with as little of the bark as possible, and a geologist’s ham- mer and a good cold chisel, especially tempered for the rocks to be chipped^ to get the rock lichens with as little of the rock as possible. Then a hand lens is needed to enable one to detect differences in lichens in the field so as to know as far as possible whether he is duplicating too much. With the lens one soon comes to detect differences in both surfaces of the larger thalli, the nature of the exciple and disk, the upper surface of crustose lichens and many apparently slight microscopic differences in minute lichens, which might otherwise be thought to be the same in the field when they do not even belong to the same genus. A bag, basket or vasculum must be carried to contain the specimens, and a lot of paper or envelopes so that each kind of lichen may be wrapped separately as it is collected. Then there must be a pen or pencil so that careful notes may be placed on each envelope or in each packet, showing the date of collecting, the name of the substatum and the surrounding conditions as to light, moisture and shade, or any other data that may be desirable in a particular instance. A sponge is sometimes very handy for moistening certain lichens in dry weather so that they may be easily separated from the substratum, and a small bottle of water may — 24 - easily be carried to wet the sponge from time to time. Delicate specimens from rocks or earth should be wrapped separately in any old paper to prevent breaking or abrasion. Where to Collect. Go to some well wooded area if such is at hand and begin work as already suggested on the large foliose lichens of the trees. Do not go on a long tramp, but as soon as you are in the woods, collect the lichens that are growing all around. It is too common an error to start on a long tramp, and many a collector walks for miles and goes by the lichens on every side because he thinks he will find something better just ahead. The result is a long walk and few specimens. If woods are not at hand and rocks are, they will serve for a beginning but beginners always make bad work of chip- ping rocks. Do not carry home a cord of rocks: but get pieces just large enough so as to get the lichen wanted complete, or at least enough of it to show the border of the thallas on one side. In many areas, especially in the pineries, one may well begin with the earth lichens. They are there easy to find and collect, but often require a good deal of care at home. If so unfor- tunate as not to live near woods or rocks, lichens may still be found on old fences and on trees planted along roads and in yards, etc. In the woods, be sure to examine old logs and stumps, corticate and decorticate, sound and rotten, standing, erect and prostrate. In examining boulders and pebbles, look at all sizes; and on the larger ones expect different species near the ground from those growing at the top where there is less of moisture. As stated in a preceding paragraph, look out for different kinds of trees, rocks and earth. Uninhabited and undisturbed wooded regions are the best places in the world for lichens, but there is no place where they may not be found, for they occur even on the prairies and about the large cities. Aids at Home. We will suppose that the fir§t collection is made. It matters not what the species are for the first time, but they are very probably the most com- mon of lichens, just as they should be. Perhaps the specimens are small and fragmentary, but the collector will soon learn by experience that it pays to get good material, and if he is to exchange later on or send away for deter- mination, to get it in abundance. No warning will have much weight till he has run out of some rare material in exchange, or has frequently been told by one of more experience that his material sent is too, fragmentary for determination. But leaving this for the present, what is needed at home in order to work effectively? If possible, there should be a table permanently placed for work, On it should be a microscope, magnifying at least 550 diameters, a good sharp razor for cutting sections of fruit and thalli, pith in which to cut the sections, a small bottle of water and another of potassium hydrate, slides and cover glasses, an eye-piece micrometer for measuring the size of spores, and some volume which contains descriptions of all the com- mon lichens. The sections are to be cut in the elder pith with a very sharp razor, and they must be thin enough so as to be more or less transparent under the microscope. These sections may be mounted directly in water, and in most instances no other solution is needed. However, if the sections •25- are not clear, the water may be drawn out gradually and replaced by the potassium hydrate, placing a drop of this solution at one side of the cover glass and a bit of absorbent paper at the other side to take up the water. Filter paper serves this purpose best. If the asci, spores and paraphyses do not come out distinctly with this treatment, the section may be carefully crushed after the character and color of the exciple or exciples, the hypothe- cium and the hymenium are all studied. Then if still unsuccessful, some stain may be applied. Iodine solution will serve to differentiate between the asci and the paraphyses as it stains them differently and often brings out the branching of the paraphyses beautifully. Some experince will enable the beginner to get just the best strength of iodine solution, but one grain of iodine, three grains of iodine Of potassium and one of pure water makes a very good combination. The sections are almost sure to be too thick at first, but experience will remedy this difficulty. The razor should be sharp enough to cut a section of the pith thin enough so that it will float in the air, and then the section of the lichen or lichen apothecium will be so thin that one will often need to place his slide on white paper in order to see the sections, which are to be transferred from the razor to the slide by means of a small camel’s hair or other similar brush. To insert the material to be sectioned into the pith, cut a slit through a radius of the pith from one end down an inch or more. Then taking a portion of thallus or fruit 2 or 3 mm. across, insert into the opening in such away as to be able to cut in the direction desired. If the fruit is larger than 3 mm. in diameter, it is still best not to try to cut larger sections, but an edge of the apothecium is to be included in the section, and it is permissible to section one whole, cutting through a diameter so as to see the structure. However, this section is likely to be of little use for any careful work. Do not attempt to cut all the way across the pith at every cut, but rather to get very thin sections of small portions of the upper surface of the pith, including a section of part or all of the lichen struc- ture to be studied. This procedure will soon render the upper surface of the pith uneven, when a complete section may be taken to level it. Many begin- ners will not think all of this advice necessary; but all will appreciate it after a few trials, and will wish it were possible to make matters much plainer than can possibly be done in any written directions. As to the razor, it must be of good quality, not too thick, and is better if hollow ground on one side only. Then keep it sharp, sharp! sharp!! Do not sharpen a moment and then resume work with a contented air, but see if it will readily cut sections of pith that are scarcely visible when floating in the air. If not, it is not in condition for cutting sections of lichens. Then there should be always at hand on the table a metric rule, for the larger measurements of thalli and fruits, which of course can not be made with the micrometer. There are many other things that might be stated, but too much is con- fusing to the beginner. At first, throw away unfruited specimens, unless you have material with which to compare, but later, after you know something of lichen species and think you have a sterile one different from any of the fertile ones, determine it or sent to an expert. If you have no microscope, you can still do some good work with fifty or one hundred authentic speci- — 26 — mens with which to compare and the series of articles published in the BRYOLOGiSTby Mrs. Harris. The beginner will not need foreign literature, but the books written by Tuckerman, Schneider and Willey will be found helpful if they can be obtained. As you gain in experience, difficulties will clear up, and you will find ways of your own and perhaps better ones than some of those suggested above, for no two people work just alike. At least do not collect without attempting to determine as best you can, Send speci- mens to an expert with your determinations stated on every envelope, even if you are no farther than the genus or even the family. You must do this for the sake of the satisfaction of it and the strength that it will give. The Study at Home. But given this table and apparatus and some directions regarding use. Just what shall be studied? Regarding the thallus there must be careful observation of form, size, color, method of attachment and general relation to the substratum, nature of the surface as to whether smooth, wrinkled, chinky, areolate, verrucose, etc., the margin as to whether entire, wavy, or lobed, etc., and finally the cross-section must be made and carefully studied. Then turning attention to the fruit, the general form and size must be care- fully noted, the form and color of the disk, the nature and duration of the exciple or exciples, and the manner of attachment of the fruit to the thallus. Then the sections may be resorted to in order to ascertain the nature of the exciple, the hypothecium, the paraphyses, the asci, and the spores. And, finally, it will be found to be an excellent exercise to attempt to write a description of a lichen occasionally bringing out all the points observed. After a few descriptions have been written, those in manuals of lichens will mean more to the student, for they will not appear so vague as soon as the powers of observation and discrimination are thoroughly developed. Some- times one can put some special “ ear mark” into a description, but often two .species are somewhat different in a number of points, but not very much so in any one particular respect. In such instances, the attempt to show the special “ear mark” will be a failure, and the decision between the two spe- cies may be by no means easy for the most competent student of lichens. The beginner must always see the spores in the asci, as he is otherwise very likely to get the spores of some other lichen occasionally and make a stupid failure in the determination. And the student must be warned not be expect to find sections like many of the drawings in some manuals of lichenology. Many of these figures are diagrams, which show what might be seen in ideal sections. They serve their purpose, but the student will usually have to be content with seeing things much less distinctly. Finally, after the begin- ner has done his best, he will often have to be satisfied with tracing his plant to the genus or family rather than to the species ; but he need not be discour- aged at this, for experience will make him more and more able to determine species. Every manual of lichens has some peculiarities that need explana- tion. And perhaps the uses of the terms pale and cloudy , as applied to the hymenium and the hypothecium in the descriptions issued by the present writer, need special explanation. In ordinary sections the lightest colored areas in these tissues seem whitish, whereas, if the sections were thinner, —27— they might appear perfectly hyaline. These areas have been called pale. Then in some other lichens similar sections are somewhat denser in these areas so that in sections of ordinary thinkness there is a darkish cast that really appears like the color of clouds. Then plainly enough, a section will tend toward a pale appearance if thin, and is more likely to be cloudy if thick. And in the interpretations of these and all other colors seen in sec- tions, some allowance must be made for the thickness of the section. Of all the diagnostic characters given in descriptions, perhaps those regarding the paraphyses have least value. The common statement is about thus, para- physes simple or rarely branched, commonly enlarged and brownish toward the apex. This answers for the great majority of lichens with little modifi- cation but when the statement varies considerably from this form, the para- physes are of more consequence in determination. Also, it should be said that in measurements, macroscopic and microscopic, there is usually no spe- cial effort made to reach the rarest extremes in sizes. So the student need not be surprised at finding occasionally larger or smaller measurements than those given. However, the extreme sizes must not vary greatly from those of the manual used. The Herbarium. Specimens once determined should be carefully dried so as to avoid moulding, and the larger ones are to be pressed in the same way that higher plants are pressed, placing the specimens in the press, not soaked with water, but just damp enough to press well. The crustose and closely adnate foliose species seldom need pressing. Earth containing small foliose or •crustose species must be saturated with mucilage, which will keep it from crumbling in the herbarium and destroying the specimens. All but the rock specimens keep well in the ordinary herbarium envelopes, and even they are often kept in the envelopes also. But if one is not very careful not to get large pieces of rock, it is usually necessary to resort to stronger and larger envelopes or pasteboard boxes for these rock lichens. Delicate specimens as Caliciums, and members of some other genera had better be glued to the bottom of small boxes in such a manner that the delicate lichens will be out of contact with anything else than the substratum on which they grew. The envelopes may be mounted on ordinary herbarium paper, but brown paper is very commonly used by the lichenists of Europe, both for envelopes and mounting paper. This paper does not show dirt as does the white paper. Many paste all specimens to paper if removed from the substratum ; but if this is done, part of the material must be placed ventral side upward so that both sides of the thallus may be seen. This method helps to prevent break- ing the brittle thalli, but interferes somewhat with the study of the speci- mens. All specimens in the herbarium must contain careful data such as those suggested to be taken in the field. Finally, it is not possible that a short paper should contain all the suggestions that are valuable in the col- lecting and study of lichens, but it is hoped that those given may enable the members of the chapter and others to work somewhat intelligently, while gaining that experience which is more valuable than any directions that can be given. Grinnell, Iowa. — 28 — psflu :5“|g jJ QrXT jfWl 2b 3a ,_ 3b , g'o"at 883[ DDO ~ *b fl-n 2b Plate III. Polytrieha. —29 — SOME RECENTLY DESCRIBED NORTH AMERICAN POLYTRICHA* John M. Holzinger. In Limpricht’s Laubmoose, Band II, p. 853, the author has this note: “ P. 618: No. 618. Polytrichum Ohioense Ren. et Card, in Rev. Bryol. 1885, p. 11 and 12, and in Coult. Bot. Gaz. XIII. p. 199, t. 17 (1888) has the priority over Polytrichum decipiens!” P. decipiens is described by Limpricht in 68. Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges. f. vaterl. Cultur 1890, II. p. 93; also in Laubmoose II, 1894, p. 618. In 1895, in August or September, appeared the note on p. 853 of Laubmoose, above cited. This shows that at the time of that writing Limpricht considered his P. decipiens identical with P. Ohioense, reducing his name to a synonym of the latter. Then in 1900, in Bot. Centralbl. XXI. Jabrg., No. 50, Prof. Harald Lindberg showed that the two plants are really separate, This view of the situation is honored by Limpricht in Laubmoose, Bd. Ill, (1903) p. 800, where he again separates his P . decipiens from P. Ohioense. While P. Ohioense appears to be exclusively North American, P. decipiens is found both in Europe and this country. Prof. Lindberg cites the following locali- ties for P. Ohicense: Wisconsin, Milwaukee, leg. Lapham (Ex. Herb. Car- dot). Lake Michigan, leg. Lapham (Ex, Herb. Cardot). Illinois, Chicago, 1888, J. Roll (No. 1811). Edgewater near Chicago,, 20. 9, 1888, J. Roll (No. 1815). New Jersey, Hoboken, 8, 1898, P. T. Cleve. Massachusetts, Milton, Blue Hill, 2, 6, 1898, 28, 8. 1898, 26. 12. 1898. G G. Kennedy. District of Columbia, Rock Creek, 10. 6. 1894, J. M. Holzinger. Renauld and Cardot in their check list of Musci Americse Septentrionalis, p. 41, give the range of A Ohioense as: Canada, Northern, Eastern and Central States, questionably British Columbia. The range of P. decipiens in North America is given by Lindberg as fol- lows : “Prince Edwards Island (as P. Ohioense Ren. et Card, in Can. Musci, No. 221). To this species belongs also No. 323 in Sullivant et Lesquereux, Musci Bor. Americani, named P. for mo sum Hedw, Mr, Car- dot refers this form in Botanical Gazette. Aug. 1888, to P. Ohioense. The specimens in Musci. Bor. Am. are without locality.” To this may be added a station in Minnesota, Miss Sarah O’Meara collecting near St. Charles, Winona Co., a plant the writer has referred to P. decipiens. The differences between these two species as pointed out by Lindberg in Bot. Centralbl. XXI. Jahrg., No. 50, are as follows: “ P. Ohioense Ren. et Card. “The lamellae of the leaves when seen from the side have a plane mar- gin not crenulate, strongly thickened, more or less distinctly papillose with marginal cells much smaller than the others ; the marginal cells in cross- section always concave, very much alike, strongly thickened especially on the outer wall. On the back of the leaf the cells are for the most part arranged lengthwise (i. e. in longitudinal rows), the cells of the sheath of the leaves shorter and broader.” —30 — “ P. decipiens Limpr. “ The lamellae of the leaves when seen from the side have a crenulate margin, not or only slightly thickened, and not papillose, and all the cells are nearly equally large ; the marginal cells of the lamellae in cross section are usually unlike each other, but for the most part slightly emarginate. On the back of the leaf the cells are for the most part transversely arranged. The cells of the sheath of the leaves are longer and narrower.” In the same paper Prof. Lindberg describes “ POLYTRICHUM ANGUSTIDENS n. Sp. “Plant 4 cm. high, brown- green, stout, simple or usually branched, densely leafed, not radiculose. Leaves when dry twisted, recurved or erect- open, when moist lower leaves erect-open, upper leaves recurved slightly; the lamina io mm. long, at the base about. 7 mm. wide, gradually narrowed into a short brown sharp and denticulate point : leaf base sheathing, 1.8 mm. wide, somewhat shining when dry. Leaves in cross-section obtusely keeled, the costa on the back somewhat prominent, occupying nearly the entire lamina, with a thick dorsal bundle of stereid cells across the leaf, the ventral bundle less developed and interrupted, the dorsal cells rather large with their outer walls thickened. Lamellae about 46, .07 to .1 mm. high, closely crowded, erect, built up of one layer of cells (4-6 deep), greatly thickened on the margin, which is plane, not crenulate, but lengthwise striolate, the rhar- ginal cells in cross section not or little larger than the rest, otherwise similar to them; convex above, papillose, the greatly thickened walls crescent- shaped. Seta straight, stiff, 56 mm. thick, purple, about 50 mm. long. Cap- sule oblique, microstome much larger at base, 5.7 mm. long, at base 2.3 mm. in diameter, at the mouth only 1.5 mm., sharply quadrangular, with a very distinct hypophysis having stomata, with cells of exothecium haxagonal and grooved. Operculum conic, 2.2 mm. long, obliquely long-rostrate. Basilar membrane of peristome .1 mm. high, teeth 64, narrow, sharp pointed, pale, papillose, .2 mm. high and about .035 mm. wide. Spores green, very smooth, pellucid, 8.8-ir/^ in diameter. “ This is a very fine new species very well marked by the characters above set forth.” Type station near Hope, Kootanai Co., Idaho, collected by Dr. J. H. Sandberg in August, 1892. (No. 1121, in Contributions U. S. National Herb., Vol. Ill, No. 4, p. 272, as P. attenuatum Menz.) Type in the Nat. Herb., Washington, D. C.,,as No. 1121 of Dr. Sandberg's collection. A duplicate of this plant has been sent by the writer to Dr. V. F. Brotherus as P.for- ' mo sum Hedw, (old No. 137, new No. 1121). And this is the plant described above. It seems best to publish with this note Prof. Lindberg’s plate elucidating the differences between the several species of Polytrichum referred to. Fig. 1. Polytrichinn Ohioense R. & C., Lake Michigan, leg. Lapham (Herb. Cardot). Fig. 2. P. Ohioense R & C., New Jersey, Hoboken, leg. P. T. Cleve. -31- Fig. 3. P. Ohioense R. & C., Dist. of Columbfa, Rock Creek, leg. J. M. Holzinger. Fig. 4. P. decipiens Limpr., Bohemia, Bohmerwald, leg. E. Bauer. Fig. 5. P. decipie7is Limpr., Sull. & Lesq. , Musci Bor. Amer. No. 323 (as P . for mo sum). Fig. 6. P. decipiens Limpr., Finlandia, Isthmus Kerelicus, par Metsa- pirtti, leg. Harald Lindberg. Fig. 7. P. decipiens Limpr., Finlandia, Isthmus Kerelicus, par Sak- kola, leg. Harald Lindberg. Fig. 8. P. attenuatnm Menz. , Finlandia, par Lojo, leg. Harald Lind- berg. Fig. 9. P. gracile Dicks., Finlandia, Helsingfors, leg. S. O. Lindberg. Fig. 10. P . angustidens Lindb. fil. n. sp. leg. J. H. Sandberg (U. S. Nat. Herb). a. lamella in cross-section X 2S0. b. lamella, side view X 280. c. cells from the middle part of the sheathing ieafbase X 130. d. cross-section of eaf X 40. e. cross-section of leaf X 130. f. capsule X 7, g. operculum X 9- h. cells of exothecium X 180. i. part of peristome X 40. Winona, Minn. NOTES ON A COLONY OF HEPATICS FOUND ASSOCIATED ON A DEAD FUNGUS. Caroline Coventry Haynes. (The fungus was exhibited, with original drawings to illustrate, at meeting of the Sulli- vant Moss Chapter, Philadelphia, Pa., Dec. 31, 1904.) The fungus Fames fomentarius blackened and sodden, was found while collecting in the Adirondacks on the Adirondack League Club Tract, attached to a decayed log, once a yellow birch, lying in a bog ; it caught and held the moisture and the hepatics and mosses found growing upon it testified to its desirability as a residence, from their standpoint, quite as they would have done had it been their usual habitat. It was an interesting task to examine it carefully, mounting specimens and determining the ten species found growing upon it, the majority of them moisture loving. There were a few plants of Scapania curta (Mart.) Dumort., a quite rare species, the finding of which is always a delight. Of the three Cephalozias: C. curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. is easily recognizable with a hand-lens, tiny as it is, the clearest three-angled perianths, and the saccate leaves, with claw- like lobes, are quite unlike anything else: C. lunulcefolia Dumort. equals C. media Lindb., while resembling C. connivens (Dicks.) Lindb., has smaller leaf cells and the perianth mouth is short ciliate, that of C. connivens , long ciliate: C. serrifiora Lindb., has usually been known in this country under the names C. catennlata Spruce and C. Virginiana Spruce. C. Virgin- iana is no\y regarded by Dr. Evans as being “scarcely distinct” from C. catenulata. In his “Notes on New England Hepaticse” Rhodora, Vol. 6. 1904. p. 173, Dr. Evans makes clear several facts regarding this species that Lindberg called C. serrifiora , and he, like Dr. Evans, follows Jack and -32- others in the use of it. Spruce in 1882 named and described C. catemtlata, mentioning denticulate perichsetial bracts, which however, in rare cases were nearly or quite entire. Recent European writers believe that Spruce in reality described two distinct specific types ; those with entire bracts being the true Jungermannia catemtlata of Hiibener which is unknown in North America, those with denticulate bracts being Jungermannia reclusa of Taylor. Now Taylor, in his original description in 1846, does not mention the bracts, and the plants thus labeled in his herbarium include several dis- tinct species’in poor condition : he probably did not thoroughly understand the species, therefore, the use of Lindberg’s name, C. serriflora , is to be commended. I quote again from “ Notes, etc.” : “ From other species grow- ing on rotten logs it may be distinguished by its widely spreading and deeply bifid leaves, the acute divisions being straight or slightly connivant; by its leaf cells with uniformly thickened walls ; by its dentate or denticulate perichsetial bracts, and by its thin-walled, three-angled perianth with ciliate mouth.” Range from Canada to the Gulf States. In the damp depressions of the fungus I found Riccardia latifrons Lindb. closely crowded together; with narrow thallus, palmately divided. Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph. the Jungermannia Schraderi Martius of Grey’s Manual sprawled here and there, sterile specimens look a little like Odontoschisma prostratum, as Dr. Evans once pointed out to me in a letter, only “its leaves are less distinctly margined and show larger cells.” Jame- soniella autumnalis , Kantia trichomanis (L.) S. F. Gray, and Lojhozia ven- tricosa (Dicks.) Dumort. were the largest members of the colony, individual specimens being easily recognizable with a hand lens. There are excruci- ating nomenclatorial changes being endured by the Kantias in Europe but the contagion has not yet spread over here. They can be found in May in the Adirondacks bearing capsules which open in four curiously-twisted flame-colored lobes at the end of a very long and slender seta. Dr. Howe gives a good key to the Lophozias in his “ Hepaticse and Anthocerotes of California,” Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. 7. p. 104, 1899. I will insert the description of L. ventricosa: “ Leaves two (rarely three) lobed 1/5 to 2/5 their length, close or approximate, the lobes acute, occasionally apiculate, rarely subobtuse, entire, the sinus broad; median leaf cells 24-327*.” His account of the species is most interesting. Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. is one of my favorites, the finely- drawn fluted spinulose-dentate leaves clasping the stem remind me of stiff lace ruffs in the reign of Queen Bess. And of the filamentous Blephar- ostoma trichopyyllum (L.) Dumort., how shall I speak! The hand-lens shows the spider-web-like leaves and stems flung gauzily here and there over the larger species, but it requires the high power of a microscope to discover its structure. Besides these ten hepatics, there were two mosses, immature plants of Hypnum reptile and Dicranum sp? New York City. —33— RHACOMITRIUM HETEROSTICHUM GRACILESCENS. I have found on the top of Bald Mt. (altitude about 1,100 feet), in Cam- den, Maine, a sterile moss that is believed by Mr. E. B. Chamberlain and Dr. G. N. Best to be Rhacomitrium heterostichum gracilescens Br. & Sch., although there are slight differences between this and the type. This moss has been reported from Canada under other names, collected by Prof. John Macoun, but not before from Maine, and probably not from the United States. The sides of Bald Mt. are wooded, but the top is an immense bare ledge. In a depression of this ledge the moss was growing. I have enough of the moss to supply the usual request for offerings. If more should be called for I will furnish as soon as a fresh supply can be had. Alice L. Crockett. SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES The following ten names have been added to the list of Chapter Mem. bers since January ist, making the total number 143. M. Henri de Poli, 45 Rue des Acacias, Paris, France; Mr. Wm. Edward Nicholson, Lewes, Sussex, England : Miss Julia P. Brigham, 138 Pleasant St., Marborough, Mass.; M. Georges Lachenaud, Nexon, Haute-Vienne, France; Kono Gakuichi, Hiroschima, Japan: Mitsujiro Kawasaki, (Ise, Japan; Genji Koyama, Kioto, Japan : Mr. George P. Annand. 39 Brown St. Waltham, Mass.; Mr. A. S. Foster, Hamilton, Wash.: Prof. T. J. Fitz- patrick, Iowa City, Iowa. REPORT OF THE PHILADELPHIA MEETING. The third meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter was held on December 31, 1904, at 1.30 p. m., in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. In the absence of the President and Vice-President the meeting was called to order by Dr. A. J. Grout, and Dr. A. W. Evans was elected Chairman. The reports of the retiring President, Prof. John M. Holzinger, and Secre- tary, were read by the latter, and the presentation of papers followed. The first paper to be read was a very interesting one by Dr. George N. Best on “A Lesson in Systematic Bryology,” illustrated with slides and drawings. Dr. Evans followed with a paper on “ Leafy Hepatics,” with drawings illus- trative of their generic differences. Dr. A. J. Grout’s talk on “The Use of the Hand-Lens in Studying Mosses and Hepatics,” with a practical demonstra- tion with slides and hand-lenses, proved that much excellent bryological work can be accomplished without the aid of a compound microscope. Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton gave an entertaining talk on “Nassau and Florida Mosses,” illustrated with drawings. As the time was limited Dr. Evans read only the introduction of the paper sent by Prof. Bruce Fink, “ How to Collect and Study the Lichens.” The members then voted that a greeting be sent to the Vice-President, Mrs. Harris, whose recent serious illness pre- vented her attendance. The meeting was then adjourned and the rest of the afternoon was spent in examining the Chapter Exhibit. This was open to the public from December 28th to the 31st. —34— On the evening of December 29th the Academy of Natural Sciences ten- dered a reception to the members of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and to the visiiing botanists, and there was an informal gathering of the members of thejChapter and their friends at that time. The walls were hung with mounted specimens of mosses, hepatics and lichens from the Chapter Herbaria and private collections. A series of type specimens of hepaticse, with slides for the microscope, complete files of The Bryologist, artists proofs, books, pamphlets, photographs of botanists, “Lists” by members of the Chapter, and some beautiful photographs or “ portraits ” of lichens and licheni.sts by Mr. G. K. Merrill, added much to the interest of the Exhibit. By the courtesy of the officers of the Academy some of their rare collections of mosses and hepatics were also on exhibition. Of special interest were the Muhlenberg and Drummond exsiccatse. Though the attendance was not as large at the Saturday afternoon meet- ing as it doubtless would have been had it been possible to arrange for an earlier day, still it was most interesting and many who were absent expressed their regret at being unable to attend. The reports of work accomplished during 1904 showed an ever increasing interest in the Chapter. Since the yearly report was written it has been decided to admit foreigners to membership, and we now have representatives from Japan, France and England on our lists of members. Respectfully submitted, Mary F. Miller, Secretary. MY VALEDICTORY. The time is fast approaching and now is, when I shall no longer have the honor nor perform the tasks of the first officer of the Sullivant Moss Chapter. The retrospect to this honor is a real pleasure— quite as much as the revelry in the midst of presidential duties. By what seems to have been a special dispensation there have not been quite so many calls for help from young members during my second term of office as there were during my first term. Still there has been no chance to feel lonesome, and one or two lots of mosses are even yet not attended to: these will be disposed of before the end of the winter. I have enjoyed to be called upon for help and shall be slow to refuse assistance. Necessarily, in the midst of busy school duties this work on mosses frequently suffers protracted delay. And I thank all my correspondents for their uniform patience. In order to lighten the work of my successors may I not make some sug- gestions additional to those made a year ago? I then asked that correspond- ents refrain from sending mere bits or scraps. I consider that every one asking help should consider it his duty and privilege to send a fairly suffi- cient quantity of a species of moss to be determined, first, in a respectable properly folded pocket of proper size; second, to have each pocket labelled in a uniform way with the 'sender’s and collector’s name, with locality and with date. If the sender does not do this with each pocket then I must do it for him, and this I have always felt to be an uncalled for imposition, due —35 — it may be to the sender’s thoughtlessness. And if, after this very blunt reminder, if seekers for help do not comply with so eminently fair a require- ment, I consider that my honorable successors will be fully justified, unless there are special reasons for leniency, to consign all mere scraps, simply numbered, and carelessly wrapped in a piece of dirty grocery paper, uncere- moniously to the waste basket. Only good material put up in a business- like way and sufficiently labelled should receive attention. It is with sincere regret that I record my inability to meet with the mem- bers of this very enjoyable Moss Chapter on December 31, 1904, in Phila- delphia. Both the distance and conflict with our State Teachers’ meeting forbid that I attend. How happy I would be to really shake hands once more with my numerous very friendly correspondents, such as Dr. Best, Dr. Grout, Mrs. Smith, Mrs. Lowe, Miss Miller, and others. As it is, I have to be content with sending a mere friendly greeting to all present, through our Secretary, Miss Miller. To all I also send a Happy New Year! John M. HoLzinGER, Retiring President, Winona, Minn. OFFERINGS. (To Chapter Members only. For postage.) Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C. Aphanorhegma serratum Sulliv., c.fr. Collected in Maryland. Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. Rhacomitrium heterostichum gracilescens B. & S., st. Collected in Camden, Maine. Mrs. J. D. Lowe, Noroton, Fairfield Co., Conn. Hypnum fertile Sendt., c.fr. ; H. uncinatum Hedw.. c. fr. : Aulacomnium androgynum Schwaegr., c.fr. Collected in Maine. Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt., c.fr.: Pogonatwn te7iue (Menz.) E. G. Britton, c.fr.; Bceo77iyces roseus Pers. Collected in Connecticut. Mr. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. BrywTtroseimi Schreb., c.fr; Bartra77iia po77/iifor77vis Hed., c.fr. Collected near Mon- treal. U. S. Postage accepted. Miss Mary F. Miller, 1109 M Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. Lepidozia sylvatica Evans. Collected by A. J. Grout in Flushing, L. I. Tim77tia 77iegapolita7ia Hedw., c.fr.; Didy77iodo7i rube llus (Hoffm.) B. & S., c.fr. Collected in Vermont. Miss Caroline C, Haynes, 16 East 36th street, New York City. Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. ; JaTTiesoniella autu77i7ialis (DC.) Steph. Collected in the Adirondack Mts., N. Y. Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. Cetraria cucullata (Ball.) Ach. Collected on Mt. Washington, N. H. Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Peltigera veTiosa (L.) Hoffm., c.fr. Collected by Mr. A. J. Hill, British Columbia. A Correction. Mr. Rapp writes that the moss offered by him in Janu- ary, 1905, should have been given as Fuuaria hygro77tetrica var. patula. —36— NEW OR UNRECORDED MOSSES OF NORTH AMERICA. By J. Cardot and I. Theriot, Translated and condensed from The Botanical Gazette, May, 1904. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES GIVEN IN FULL. Barbula Bakeri Card. & Ther. Dioicous, loosely caespitose, olivaceous or lurid green, 3-8 mm. high. Leaves erect and contorted or crispate when dry, patulous-squarrose when moist, 1. 4-1. 5 mm. by o. 6-0.7 mm., rather long acuminate from an ovate base carinate, margins entire, strongly revolute from base to apex, smooth or scarcely papillose, costa percurrent, 60 /* thick at base, cells subuniform, quadrate-rotund, 6 /* wide, a few at base near costa short-rectangular, 9 /* long. Perichaetial leaves similar to the stem leaves, yet a little more longly acuminate. Seta reddish, about 10 mm. long. Capsule erect, oblong or subcylindric, 2.5-3 mm. long together with the conic-rostrate operculum. Calyptra covering the upper half of the capsule. Annulus distinct, persist- ant. Peristome purple, 0.6 mm. high, teeth semi-twisted. Spores smooth, pale, 8-9/* in diameter. Plate XVIII. California: Stanford University, on stones bordering flower beds (C. F. Baker, 1901); foothills near Palo Alto, on ground (C. F. Baker, 1902): Alma, Santa Clara Co., on bowlder (C. F. Baker, 1902); Soldier’s Home, Los Angeles Co. (Dr. Hasse, 1902; herb. C. F. Baker). A species belonging to the perplexing group of B. fallax Hedw. differ- ing from this species by its smooth or very slightly papillose leaves with margins more broadly revolute, and by its shorter, slightly twisted peristome. From B. viresce7is Lesq. it is distinguishable by its shorter leaves, broader at base, its almost uniform areolation, and its lower cells small, quadrate, chlorophyllose, with thinner walls. Grimmia cognata Card. & Ther. Apparently dioicous, rather densely caespitose, yellowish green above, fuscous below. Stems usually denuded at base, ascending or arcuate, spar- ingly branched, 2-5 cm. long. Leaves erect-flexuous when dry, erect-open when moist, 2. 5-3. 5 mm. by 0.7 mm., lanceolate, gradually and longly acuminate, carinate, extending into an entire hyaline hair point, margins somewhat revolute on one side, areolation opaque, lower cells linear, 30-40/* by 6-8/* with walls strongly sinuate and incrassate, the other cells roundish- quadrate or short rectangular, bistratose in the upper portion. Other char- acters unknown. Plate XIX. Colorado: Along the Cogwheel Railway to Pike’s Peak, alt. 2100-3000121. (J. M. Holzinger, 1896). Closely allied to D. trichofthyllci Grev. , of which it may be considered as a subspecies; differing from it in its more robust size, recalling that of G. elatior Br. Eur. , its stems naked below, and the basal areolation with much thicker and more sinuate walls. To be continued. IMPORTANT The second edition of Mosses with a Hand-lens describes 168 species of Mosses and 51 species of Hepatics, nearly every one being illustrated. Instead of being a book of 150 pages as at first advertised it will contain 200 pages. There are over 40 full page plates. The additional cost necessitates an increase in price and the price on all orders received after April 1st will be $1.75, postpaid. NOW is the time to subscribe for Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope. On and after the date of issue of the fifth part the price will become $1.25 per part. So many demands fora complete manual of the Mosses of the Northeastern U. S. that a supplement to Mosses with a Hand-lens and Microscope will be issued immediately upon its completion. The supplement will contain full keys to all species and descriptions and illustrations of all species not included in the main work. SEND FOR SAMPLE PAGES A. J. GROUT ^ 360 Lenox Road ^ Brooklyn, N. Y. UAD OAT ThT At less than one-third original cost to close an estate, 1 IX u* a Zantmeyer Microscope Stand, three Wales objec- tives, two eye pieces, all complete in mahogany case. Address : MRS* BONNELL $ 3 Hanson Place Brooklyn, N. Y* The Fern Bulletin & The American Botanist are too well known to need extensive description. If interested in botany you need them both. Send for sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address: WILLARD N* CLUTE & CO* & BINGHAMTON, N* Y* FLORA OF TUF SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park. New York City LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50 HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 88 Specimens (Nos. 1-88) may be had for $8.50 MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be had for $5.00 (Checks from outside of New York City must include 10c extra) Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City ^urLn TLTIJTJTJTJIJT^ nJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTnjTJT.nJl.rm PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range ; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news ; estab- lished 1901. About t6 pages in each issue. §1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City ESTABLISHED 1897 THE PLANT WORLD Edited by FRANCES E. LLOYD An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular JBotany Official Organ of the Wild Plower Preservation Society of America If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you. If you are a teacher of Botany the PLANT WORLD will help you. It will keep you in touch with modern Botanical thought. Send for Sample Copy TEACHERS COLLEGE, Columbia University, NewYork City METHODS IN MOSS STUDY In Twelve Lessons By C. J. MAYNARD This is a Hand Book issued in parts, one to each lesson, at the rate of four parts per month, and will be completed early in April. The chief reason for this method of publication is to give subscribers an opportunity to color the plates for themselves before the book is bound. Terms : Uncolored, 10c. per part, or $1.00 in advance for the twelve parts. Colored, 30c. per part, or $3.50 in advance for the twelve parts. Send stamp for special circular and sample pages Address : C. J. MAYNARD, 417 Crafts St.. West Newton, Mass. h EhjmnJ UTJTJTJTJTJTJTJirLTLT^^ LTLTlJXJTJTJTJTJlJlJTJUlJTJLrLJTJTJTJTJTJTJ'LrLrO rira/ui rrmru uruTJTJTXinjmj\rLrrrmnjTXLriJTJTJTJiJxnjTJT.riJxnjiJiJ\rLnnr^ VOLUME VIII. NUMBER 3 5 StM MAY, 1905 m The BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS Further Notes on Cladonias V. ( Illustrated ) . Bruce Fink 37 Phaenological Observations on Mosses H. W. Arnell 41 Notes on the Fruiting Season of Catharinea Phebe M Towle 44 Lichenology for Beginners {To be continued) Frederick LeRoy Sargent 45 Notes on Nomenclature V. . . Elizabeth G. Britton 49 Notes on Some North American Mosses II. Jules Car dot 49 Additions to Lichen Flora of Long Island G. C. Wood 51 Notes on Vermont Bryophytes . A.J. Grout 51 Two Changes of Name John M. Ho l zinger 54 Current Literature, Review Musci Norvegiae Borealis John M. Holzinger 54 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes, Offerings, Etc 56 Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. second class ot mail - Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. Z mjTJUTJTJTJTJTJXmUTJTnJlJTJTJ^'lJTuTJT^^ ITLT§ PRESS OF MC BRIDE the height of the teeth, segments linear, gaping alopg the keel ; cilia very short or none. Spores minute, pale, 12/* in diameter. Plate XXI. Nevada: Spooner, Douglas Co., in. large mats on moist banks (C. F. Baker, 1902). This moss can be placed near B. longisetum Bland., but it is easily dis- tinguished from it by the numerous sterile branches arising from below the perichaetium, the smaller leaves with a shorter acumen, the peristomial teeth, which are narrower and paler, and have more numerous lamellae, and finally the much smaller spores. (To be Continued.) WHAT TO NOTE IN THE MACROSCOPIC STUDY OF LICHENS. Bruce Fink. Introductory Statement. Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris has, in previous volumes of the Bryologist, given amateur lichenists a series of descriptions of the more conspicuous lichen species, which will prove helpful to workers in determinations and in fixing the main features of gross morphology. It is the purpose of the present paper to state the principal features of gross morphology, including not only the foliose and fruticose lichens, but also extending the statement to the most inconspicuous crustose species as well. In so doing, we shall con- fine attention to such elements of structure as may readily be seen with the unaided eye or with an ordinary hand-lens. The Thallus. In this study, it is but natural to begin with the vegetative tract of the lichen— the thallus. The thallus may be an erect structure, rising from the substratum; a pendulous one, hanging downward from it; a conspicuous or inconspicuous flat one, closely or loosely attached to the substratum; or an inconspicuous one, largely or even wholly imbedded in the substratum. Erect and pendulous forms are commonly called fruticose thalli, and the flat or horizontal ones may be either foliose, or crustose; foliose when somewhat leaf-like, and crustose when a closely attached crust resting on or within the substratum. -74- General Forms of Thalli. Here we may consider such characters of the three types of thalli as may be readily seen. Beginning with the foliose forms, which the student will be likely to observe first, it will be readily noticed in comparing a number of them that they are variously lobed, or that some are quite entire at the margin. In instances where the lobing is evident, the lobes may be more or less imbricated. In both lobed and unlobed forms the margin may be wavy or crenate instead of entire, and it may be ciliate or devoid of cilia. Passing to the fruticose thalli, which are quite as likely to attract atten- tion, one would notice first of all whether branched or unbranched, and the manner of branching. Then attention would be attracted to the surface, and one would readily observe that in some there are small outgrowths from the main axes, other than the branches. These are flat expanses in the Clado- nias , and called squamules. In the Stereocalons, these outgrowths are more irregular in form, and are known as phyllocladia. In the crustose thalli, one would note with the eye, as a rule, simply a more or less conspicuous crust spread over the substratum, or sometimes really lying wholly or partly in the substratum, and indicated at the surface often only by a change in color. These crustose thalli will be found irregular in outline or more or less plainly orbicular, and to form a continuous or more or less broken and scattered crust. In some species the tendency is toward more orbicular forms, and in others more toward irregularity in form; but in any case, the peculiarities of the surface of bark, dead wood or rock forming the substratum will determine the form of the particular thallus to a large extent. Lichens are a late evolution, and the forms are still quite plastic. Nevertheless, the forms, sizes and colors of lichen species are quite as con- stant as in many undoubted autonomies, whether plant or animal. Indeed, in many lichens the morphological characters, whether gross or minute, are quite as constant as are those of most flowering plants, and it may well’ be doubted whether even the Cladonias are very much more plastic than the members of the genus Craetegus , including our common hawthorns. Sizes of Thalli. Having disposed of the matter of forms and positions of lichen thalli, some words are in order regarding sizes. The measurements are all given in this paper in units of the metric system, and fruticose thalli of Usnea longissima frequently reach 1.5 metres in length, while the foliose thalli of Gyrophora Dillenii sometimes reach .35 of a meter in diameter. To simplify somewhat, strands of the Usnea five feet long have been carefully picked out of the tangled masses hanging over the branches of trees, and specimens of the Gyrophora and another species of the genus have been measured which surpassed one foot across the longer way of the thallus. Both fruti- cose and foliose thalli may vary in size from these large forms to minute ones not more than .2 mm. in height or diameter. In the crustose thalli, we most naturally think of the spread over or within the substratum, and this may vary greatly, though the spread is seldom more than 10 cm. In these —75— and the fruticose forms, the thickness is to be taken into account. But in the descriptions, actual measurements of thickness are very seldom given, though comparative statements are often resorted to. In the descriptions of the fruticose forms the diameter of the thallus, or branches of it are often given; and here again is a considerable amount of variation found, though very much less than that of length or distance across the thalli. The Surfaces of Thalli. After noting the size and form of the thallus the observer would naturally turn to the surface and note its general character. First, in the foliose thalli, he would note whether the upper surface is comparatively smooth or wrinkled, corrugate or pustulate; whether it bears cilia or the minute growths known as isidioid branchlets, and whether it is sorediate or not. Also, now, if not before, he must notice whether the margin of the thallus is closely attached to the substratum, or more or less ascendant. Then turning to the lower surface, it will commonly be found that it is more or less covered with the attaching organs known as rhizoids. It must be noticed whether these are large or small, whether numerous or few, and whether evenly scattered or collected into rows or in groups or other forms. Then, too, the lower surface is sometimes quite smooth, except for these rhizoids, but in other instances it will be found to be variously wrinkled or pitted, or in Gyro- p koras, bearing vertical plates which gives' strength. In the fruticose thalli, one will find the surface smooth or more or less pitted, and in some instances it is somewhat tomentose. Then, in the Stereocaulons, one will find the peculiar structure known as phyllocladia, and in the Cladonias , the squamules. The form, size, frequency of occurrence and distribution of these organs must be noted carefully. And in the Cla- donias especially, it is necessary to note whether the cortex of the podetium is entire or more or less broken so that it becomes areolate or even disap- pears over some portion of the podetium. And in this same genus, careful observation with a lens is necessary to ascertain whether any part of the fruticose portion of the thallus is sorediate or not. Finally, turning to the crustose thalli, they are also smooth or variously roughened. Those that are hypophloeodal or hypolithic simply take the con- tour of the surface of the substratum as do also some thin and smooth forms that are in part or wholly epiphloeodal or epilithic. Others are scurfy or granular, and these are usually rather poorly developed and thin. In thicker forms we are likely to find the warty or verrucose condition, and here and there may occur minute chinks, so that the thallus is said to be rimose or chinky, or finally the chinks may become numerous and divide the thallus into minute or small several sided areas known as areoles. Such a thallus is said to be areolate. Colors of Thalli. As compared with size and form, color is usually regarded as a rather more variable and therefore less reliable taxonomic character. Yet the colors of thalli play quite an important part in determining lichens, and though often quite variable, they must be carefully noted. Colors in lichen thalli — 76— vary all the way from a white to a black, but what we will call sea-green is the most common color. This color is a greenish-gray. Some other colors are ashy, olivaceous, brown, straw-color and various intermediate conditions as brownish-black and olive-brown, etc. And the thallus is often more or less variegated, while the lower surface is frequently of a different color from the upper. Also, in the fruticose forms the basal portion is frequently of a different color than the distal portions, usually darker. The tendency of thalli, as other lichen structures, is to darken with age, and the variations in a species may usually be traced to peculiar conditions of growth, through no very definite studies of this matter have been made. Grinnell, Iowa. (To be Continued.) 5ULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES. The following names have been added to list of Chapter Members since May ist, making total number one hundred and forty-nine: Mr. William L. Sherwood, 36 Washington Place, New York City. Rev. W. W. Watts, “ The Manse,” Young, New South Wales, Australia. NOTE TO MEMBERS. It has been a great regret to me that my illness and long convalescence has prevented me from determining lichens for the members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter. As I do not expect for another year to be able to do this work, Mr. Merrill has kindly consented, not only to determine Cladonias for Chapter Members, but any lichens sent to him, “providing ample speci- mens with full data are sent.” Mr. Merrill’s address is G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. The interest in the study of the Lichens seems to be increasing, and with the help given by the excellent articles published in The Bryologist, the students ought to increase in number as well as in knowledge of these very interesting plants. With grateful acknowledgement of the many kind messages sent me by the Chapter Members during my illness, I am, cordially, Carolyn W. Harris. OFFERINGS. (To Chapter Members only. For postage.) Mr. J. W. Huntington, Amesbury, Mass. Dicranum Bergeri, Bland., c.fr. ; D. montanum , Hedw., st. Collected in Amesbury. Dicranum spur- ium Hedw., st. Collected in Weare, N. H. Mr. B. D. Gilbert, Clayville, Oneida Co., N. Y. Camptothecium nite7is Schimp., st. ; Fissidens taxifolius (L.) Hedw., c.fr. Collected in Clay- ville. (A stamp is preferred to an addressed envelope). Mrs. Augustus P. Taylor, Thomasville, Ga. Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe.. c.fr.; Fissidens polypodioides Hedw., c.fr. Collected in Thomasville. Miss Caroline C. Haynes. 16 East 36th street, New York City. Blepharos- toma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. ; Porella platyphylla (L ) Lindb. Collected in the southwestern Adirondack Mts., N. Y. Mrs. R. H. Carter, 37 Church street, Laconia, N. H. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. rubiginea Michx. Collected in Laconia. Evernia vuipina (L.) Ach. Collected in Oregon. Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris, Chilson Lake, Essex Co., New York. Solorina saccata (L.) Ach. Collected Chilson Lake. BOTANICAL SUPPLIES Everything for the Botanist COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS GENUS COVERS— TROWELS Send por Circular GROUT MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS New Edition $1.75 Net, Post Paid. MOSSES with a HAND-LENS and MICROSCOPE PARTS I. & II., $1.00 each net, postpaid. Sample Pages on application. O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City BOTANICAL DRAUGHTSMAN General Biological Drawing for Truthful and Effective Reproduction P. B. WHELPLEY, Dublin, New Hampshire The Fern Bulletin &The American Botanist are too well known to need extensive description. If interested in botany you need them both. Send for sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address: WILLARD N* CLUTE & CO* * BINGHAMTON, N* Y. FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkahsas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park. New York City LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50 HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 38 Specimens (Nos. 1-38) may be bad for $3.50 MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be had for $5.00 (Checks from outside of New York City must include 10c extra) Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City %n an njiJTJTJutrinjmjiLn n n nru ^JUl JliTJTJTiXarLTl .TTJTJTJTJTJTJTa.nJTJTJLJTJTJTA JTH rUXOJlJTJTJTJT. JTJTJTTIJTJI^ PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range ; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news : estab- lished 1901. About 16 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City ESTABLISHED 1897 THE PLANT WORLD Edited by FRANCIS E. LLOYD An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you. If you are a teacher of Botany the PLANT WORLD will help you. It will keep you in touch with modern Botanical thought. Send for Sample Copy TEACHERS COLLEGE, Columbia University, NewYork City METHODS IN MOSS STUDY In Twelve Lessons By C. J. MAYNARD This is a Hand Book issued in parts, one to each lesson, at the rate of four parts per month, and will be completed early in April. The chief reason for this method of publication is to give subscribers an opportunity to color the plates for themselves before the book is bound. Terms : Uncolored, 10c. per part, or $1.00 in advance for the twelve parts. Colored, 3dc. per part, or f'3.50 in advance for the twelve parts. Send stamp for special circular and sample pages Address : C. J. MAYNARD, 447 Crafts St.. West Newton, Mass. &TLTLf mJmnJTJTJLTLTLr IJTJTJTJUTJTJTJlJTr^^ LJLJTJTJTJTJTJTriJTJTJT/lJTJLriJTPJTXLrLJUlJTTb rnruu UTJTJTJTJT.JTJTJTJTJTJTJTJT. JTJTJTJTJTnJTJT.JTJ^JTJT.JlJTJTJTJ^ VOLUME VIII. NUMBER 5 5 SEPTEMBER, 1905 The BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS Maryland Bryophytes and Two Mosses from Virginia Edward B. Chamberlain 77 Notes on Luzon Mosses . . R. S. Williams 78 Bryum Fosteri n. sp John M. Holzinger 80 The Botanical Congress at Vienna Elizabeth G. Britton 80 Lichenology for Beginners III. (. Illustrated ) Frederick LeRoy Sargent 81 What to Note in Macroscopic Study of Lichens ( Concluded ) Bruce Fink 86 Book Reviews— Second Edition Dixon & Jameson . . . /. P. Naylor 90 Grout, Mosses and Hepatics with Hand>Lens Alexander W. Evans 91 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes, Offerings, Etc. . .92 Spore Distribution in Liverworts ... W. C. Coker 93 Advantage of Frequent Visits to Moss Localities B. D. Gilbert 93 New or Unrecorded Mosses of N. A. {Trans.) J. Car dot and /. Theriot 95 Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y„ U. S. A. rUTJTJmJTnJTJTJTJTJTTLnJTJTJTJ-lJTJTJTa PRE88 OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CUFF STREET. NEW YORK THE SR YO LOG 1ST BIMONTHLY JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS. ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Subscription Price, $1.00 a year. 20c. a copy. Four issues 1898, 35c. Four issues 1899, 35c. Together, eight issues, 50c. Four issues 1900, 50c. Four issues 1901, 50c. Four Vols. $1.50 Six issues 1902, $1.00. Six issues 1903, $1.60. Six issues 1904, $i.oo. Short articles and notes on mosses solicited from all students of the mosses. Address manu- script to A. f. Grout , Boys' High School , Brooklyn , IV. V. Address all inquiries and sub- scriptions to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith , 78 Orange Street , Brooklyn, N. Y. For adver- tising space address Mrs. Smith. Check , except N. Y. City , MUST contain 10 cents extra for Clearing House charges. Copyrighted 1905, by Annie Morrill Smith. THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. President, Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, Washington, D.C. Vice-President, Mrs. C.W. Harris, 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller. 1109 M Street, Washington, D. C. Treasurer, Mrs. Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dues $1.10 a year, this includes a subscription to The Bryologist. All interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens by correspondence are invited to join. Send dues direct to the Treasurer. For further information address the Secretary. THE ONLY MOSS BOOKS describing the mosses of the North-eastern United States that are now in print are Grout’s Mosses with a HancMens, and Mosses with a Hand- lens and Microscope. Mosses with a Hand-lens, Edition 2, is an octavo volume of 224 pages, printed on fine coated paper and bound in strong cloth. It describes 168 species of mosses, and 51 of hepatics. Practically every species is illustrated in the 39 full page plates and 150 other figures. * It is the only book on mosses included in the catalogue of 8,000 volumes for a Popular Library issued by the American Library Association ( 190f ) To hasten sales a set of 15 common mosses will be given to the first 100 purchasers upon request, if purchase be made direct from the author at the full price and after date of this issue. Price, $1.75. A limited signed edition of 25 copies, with actual specimens of 200 species mounted on interleaved blank pages, is in preparation. Price $15.00. NOW is the time to subscribe for Mosses with Hand-lens and Micro- scope. On and after the date of issue of the fifth part the price will become $125 per part. So many demands for a complete manual of the Mosses of the North-eastern U. S. that a supplement to Mosses with a Hand-lens and Microscope will be issued immediately on its completion. The supplement will contain full keys to all species and descriptions, and illustrations of all species not included in the main work. SEND FOR SAMPLE PAGES A. J. GROUT ^ 360 Lenox Road ^ Brooklyn, N. Y. THE BRYOLOGIST. Vol. VIII. September, 1905. No. 5. NOTES UPON MARYLAND BRYOPHYTES AND ON TWO MOSSES FROM VIRGINIA. Edward B. Chamberlain. During the past year there have come to me for determination several packages of bryophytes which were collected at Plummer’s Island, Mary- land. This island is situated in the Potomac river, about nine miles from Washington, D. C., and has been leased by the Washington Biologist’s Field Club, which is now engaged upon a preliminary survey of the plant and animal life found thereon. Thus far but little systematic collecting has been made among the mosses and hepatics, and most of the specimens belong to the common species. The following, however, seem to be of suffi- cient interest to warrant special mention. Only one is reported in the “Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity, ” by L. F. Ward (1881), which, as far as I know, is the last local flora including the bryophytes of this region. Specimens of all the species mentioned are in my own herbarium and in that of Mr. E. L. Morris. Eventually, duplicates will be placed in the National Herbarium. I have to thank Dr. A. W. Evans for assistance in determining the Ricciaceae. Aphanorrhegma serratum Sull. A few patches of this moss were found last fall by Mr. E. L. Morris and myself upon the mud-flats exposed by the low stage of the Potomac river. A small amount was collected also upon the adjacent Maryland shore, and on the Virginia shore opposite. Ephemerum serratum (Schreb.) Hampe. A few plants of this moss were found intermingled with the Aphanorrhegma , at the southern end of the island. Probably the minute size of the plants renders them often over- looked, for, while it is said to be common, it is but rarely reported. Grimmia campestris Burchell {G. leucophaea Grev.). Abundant upon bare ledges, but apparently always sterile. A few miles further up the river, at Great Falls, Maryland, the same species is even more abundant and occa- sionally fertile. Thelia Lescurii Sulliv. On sandy ground in dry situations and abund- antly fruited. Riccia crystallina Schwein. This species, together with R. Sullivantii Austin, grew upon the wet bare mud of the river bank. Dr. Evans writes that R. crystallina , though widely distributed, is but rarely collected in the United States. Both species were in fruit. Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda. The terrestrial form known as Riccia lutescens Schwein., grew quite commonly with the Riccias mentioned above, being very conspicuous because of its large green crinckled thalli, often more than an inch in diameter. As Riccia lutescens , it is reported in Ward’s The July BRYOLOGIST was issued July 15th, 1905. -78- List, mentioned above, and in the National Herbarium there are specimens collected at Rosslyn, Va. , by Prof. F. V. Coville in 1889. This station is but a short distance from Plummer’s Island. There is also a packet in the National Museum labelled Riccia lutescens. collected by Mr. Rudolph Oldberg in Rock Creek Park, but from a hasty examination of the specimens, which are scanty and broken, appear to be rather some form of R. Sullivantii . Notes on Two Mosses from Virginia. To those interested in the ranges of North American mosses, the follow- ing stations, which have recently come to my notice, may be of value. Both mosses were collected by Mr. W. R. Maxon, in Fairfax Co , Virginia, oppo- site Cabin John, Maryland, about six miles above Washington. Specimens are in the National Herbarium and in my own collection. Mnium stellar e Reich. The only report of this species from this vicinity, which has come to my knowledge, is that in Ward’s “Flora of Washington and Vicinity,” where no data whatsoever are given. The basis of this report is probably two specimens in the National Museum, collected by Mr. Rudolph Oldberg, at “Rock Creek, near Washington,” since the bryophytes of Mr. Ward's Flora were practically reprinted from a list prepared by Mr. Oldberg for the “ Flora Columbiana.” The moss is northern in its general range, the nearest stations of which I have record being Philadelphia and Chester, Pennsylvania, reported by Dr. Small in the “ Catalogue of the Bryophyta and Pteridophyta Found in Pennsylvania.” The Washington stations may represent the extreme southern range in the costal plain. Anomodon minor ( Beauv.) Fuern. This species is not listed in Ward’s Flora, and I have not succeeded in finding any reports of its occurrence in this vicinity. In the National Herbarium, however, there is a specimen from Rock Creek Park, collected in 1892 by Prof. J. M. Holzinger. Lesquereux and James in the Manual remark, “in the Middle States, common.” Its range seems to be much more extensive, since in my own herbarium there are specimens from Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Ohio and Minne- sota, while in the National Herbarium there are also specimens from Ottawa and Ontario, Canada; Connecticut, Pennsylvania and Virginia. Washington, D. C. NOTES ON LUZON MOSSES. R. S. Williams. In walking about Manila one is rather surprised at the scarcity of mosses. The walls of the old city are well covered in places with numerous shrubs, herbs, grasses and some ferns, yet I have only observed a single species of moss on either walls or tree trunks, while the ground everywhere seems abso- lutely free of them. This one moss is apparently a small Barbula that rarely fruits. Across Manila Bay, along the Lamao river, and up that stream to the summit of Mt. Mariveles, a region I spent some months in, a fairly good col- lecting ground for these plants may be found. Bushes and small trees grow —79— from the water’s edge, and back two or three miles, rather heavy forests occur, that extend with gradually diminishing size of trees to the mountain summit, yet in this apparently favorable region but very few mosses were found for the first two hundred or three hundred feet above sea level. Two species of Fissidens, one of large size and sterile: the other small and com- monly fruiting, were rather abundant; also a Dicranella. A single Bryum , B. coronatum, apparently rare, was collected, also a Neckera , quite common on trees. As one ascends the stream, above three hundred or four hundred feet elevation, the rocks become fairly well covered, especially with Barbulas, various Hypnoid species, and some others. A Webera (Diphyscium) was found on boulders, from about four hundred to one thousand feet elevation. Toward the summit of the mountain, which has a height of some four thou- sand five hundred feet, both trees and rocks bear numerous specimens of the true mosses, as well as liverworts. A little below the summit, on a patch of ground that had been burned over, B"unaria calvescens was flourishing, and the combination of black and yellowish green had a most familiar appear- ance. On leaving the region I went due north some one hundred and fifty miles to Baguio, with an elevation of five thousand two hundred feet. The mountain near, known as Santo Tomas, ' rises about three thousand feet higher. About the town are grass covered hills, alternating with open pine forests. Several species of oak are found, while near the mountain summit large species of yew and juniper flourish, as well as various other genera, well known in temperate climates. The moss flora was found to be fairly abundant, although I should estimate that scarcely one-half the number of species existed that might be found in similar regions of the north. Among other genera noted, are the following: Sphagnum, Trematodon, Ditrichum and Garckea, the latter a small tropical genus. Several Dicranella were found growing abundantly on cut banks and moist open ground , but Dicranum seemed to be rare, one or two species possibly occurring on trees. Campylopus, Barbula, Leucobryum, Octoblepharum abidum and Micro- mitrium are all well represented, either in species or individuals. Grimmia, Rhacomitrium and Orthotrichum seem* to be wanting, but I have one species that looks much like an Encalypta. Bryum and Mnium are comparatively rare, both in species and individuals. B . argenteum occurs, also a Mnium near rostratum . Rhodobryum I have represented by a single species, also Catharinea, and Rhizogonium spiniforme is common. Along trails and on damp shady ground a Pogonatum is as common as in such situations in the United States, and Polytrichum occurs, but not so commonly. Several species of Neckera were obtained, one tree species, with stems eighteen or twenty inches long and broad, rugose, complanate leaves, being about the handsomest moss obtained. On rocks I found what looks much like Papillaria nigrescens, sterile as usual, and on trees were various species of Meteorium. Of the Hypneae, there is a fair proportion in the collection. A number belong to the genus Thuidium, others apparently to Plagiothecium, Hypnum, Sematophyllum, etc. — 8o — Various species that grow commonly near the summit of Mt. Mariveles also occur on the upper slopes of Mt. Santo Tomas, some three thousand or four thousand feet higher, their habits being regulated, evidently, by the more or less similar conditions of moisture, rather than by elevation. Perhaps the most widely distributed species collected is a Fissidens, about equalling grandifrons in size. It is common at not much above sea level, but always sterile, while from four thousand to seven thousand five hundred feet elevation, fruiting specimens are abundant. Manila, P. I., January 20, 1905. BRYUM FOSTERI, n. sp. Bryum Baileyi is not tenable (See Bryologist, 8: May, 1905). Dr. Brotherus having given this name to an Australian moss. Therefore, I propose Bryum Fosteri for the Washington moss: Synonym Bryum Baileyi Holz. non Broth. John M. Holzinger. THE BOTANICAL CONGRESS AT VIENNA. Elizabeth G. Britton. It has become a settled custom to hold an International Botanical Con- gress once in five years. There have been held one at Genoa, one at Paris, and the last at Vienna, from the eleventh to the eighteenth of June, at which there was an attendance of about six hundred persons, of which about four hundred were professional botanists, and nearly two hundred whose names are familiar in botanical literature. The opening exercises were held in the great hall of the university, and the morning sessions were devoted to the reading of papers, illustrated by lantern slides, and to the sessions of various societies, including the International Society of Botan- ists. The afternoon sessions were held at the Botanical Garden, beginning at three and ending at seven or later. They were devoted to questions of nomenclature and the discussions were based on the “ Synoptical Text," prepared by Mr. John Briquet, who with infinite patience had brought together and coordinated the diverse views which have so confused the question of plant names. His linguistic facility won the admiration of all. The report was presented in the name of the International Nomencla- ture Commission, appointed in Paris in 1900, which was printed in a quarto volume of one hundred and fifty-nine pages and contains the laws of 1867, with subsequent additions and recommendations of the International Nomenclature Commission. The official language of the session was French. M. Flahault, of Montpelier, acted as president, with two vice-presi- dents, Mr. Rendle, of London, and Carl Mez, and three secretaries, Eng- lish, French and German. There were twenty-six German delegates, seventeen Austrian, fourteen American, eight French, eight Swiss, four Russian, three Belgian, two English and two Italian, and one each from Norway, Sweden, Spain, Denmark, Java and Calcutta. But this did not represent the total number of votes cast because a number of the delegates — 8i— represented several societies and institutions, and some were reported to have as many as eleven and twelve votes each, and three to seven votes was not unusual. However, the proportions remained about the same and the preponderance of votes rested with the Germans and Austrians. The first sessioh was devoted to preliminaries of organizing, and it was decided to postpone consideration of all questions pertaining to fossil plants and to the mosses and thallophytes until the next Congress, and that they be referred to a special commission to report in 1910 at Brussels. Six meet- ings were held, all well attended, and the results reached have been char- acterized “ as conservative but progressive." The priority of the specific name was adopted but the oldest generic name met with strong opposition and a list of four hundred exceptions, with the possibility of future additions and corrections, was adopted by vote of 118 to 37. Another surprising decision, that after January, 1908, all descriptions of new species must be accompanied by a short diagnosis in Latin, was adopted by a vote of 125 to 56. Several remarkable things happened [during the sessions, one of which was the first attempt to use an evident majority by putting to vote without discussion, the first fifty-two articles of the code. This met with such strong opposition that it was abandoned, and the articles were each voted on separately. The most sensational feature was the protest by Dr. Otto Kunze against its methods, representation, votes, decisions and recommendations of the commission. This was printed in three languages, and on the fourth day Dr. Kunze appeared in person and was listened to for ten minutes, while he read his protest. When the allotted time expired he was called to order and took his leave. He characterized the methods as dishonest, and stationed men at the door of the offices of the Congress to distribute his circular. It was rather surprising to see how calmly the members accepted his criticisms and how strongly the majority felt as a reaction against his procedure. It was evident, however, that European botanists have not begun to understand the principal of generic types, nor the absurdity of an arbitrary list of excep- tions. The hope has been expressed that the Vienna Code will be followed until something better is accepted, but it seems evident that English botan- ists are likely to follow the Kew Rule and Kew Index, and that newer Amer- ican School will not give up a definite set of principles for arbitrary exceptions. New York Botanical Garden. LICHENOLOGY FOR BEGINNERS — III. Frederick LeRoy Sargent. (Begun in May, 1905, issue.) Once set free and in the presence of sufficient moisture, air, and warmth, the spores germinate by sending out one or more tubular projections (rudi- mentary hyphse) which branch and elongate until the food-supply stored in the spore is exhausted. Then if they do not come in contact with A Igae , —82— which may serve as gonidia, they perish. But if proper Algae are encoun tered, then the hyphse begin to grow vigorously and form a network of branches enveloping them. This first thin layer of hyphse, called the hypo- thallus , remains a prominent feature of some adult lichens. With the Fig. 7. The same. Vertical section of a spermagone, magnified about 200 diameters. Fig. 8. The same. Sterigmata (St.) and spermatia (SE.), magnified about 1,500 diameters. (Original). majority, however, as with Parmelia, it serves chiefly as a groundwork from which the thallus proper is developed, although it may persist to some extent in the rhizoids. The spermagones (Fig. 7. and Sg., Fig. 2) are, as we have seen, flask-shaped cavities, opening by a minute pore. Ihto the cavity projectdnnumerable short hyphal branches, called sterigmata, (St., Fig. 9. Acolium tigillare. Slightly magnified. Fig. 8), which produce as out- (Original). growths exceedingly minute bod- ies, termed spermatia (Sm.). These, when ripe separate readily from the sterigmata, and under the influence of moisture are extruded through the pore in a mass of jelly. The function of the sper- matia is .somewhat ob- scure, their minuteness rendering investigation of them particularly diffi- cult. In certain lichens there is evidence that they perform a service analagous to that of pol- len— that is to say, they are male elements that fertilize a female cell, Fig. 10. Peltigera canina. Natural size. (After Kerner.) -83- Fig. 11. Umbilicaria Dillenii. Natural size A, view from above; B, diagrammatic vertical section, showing method of attachment to Fig, 12. Ramalina calicaris. Natural substrate. (Original.) size. (After Rabenhorst.) which subsequently gives rise to the spore-producing fruit. In such lichens as Parmelia, however, the most careful search has failed to discover any trace of a female organ, and there is other evidence that the spores arise in an entirely non-sexual manner. Moreover, the sper- matia of such lichens have been found to germinate and produce a mass of hy- phse entirely similar to that grown from spores. The conclusion seems warranted, therefore, that the spermatia of the major- ity of lichens have in the course of evolu- tion changed their function, and while they were orginally male reproductive bod- ies, they now serve as supplementary non- sexual spores. Having studied in detail one typical example, it remains for us to consider the principal modificatfons of form which the dif- ferent parts of lichens exhibit. The chief forms of thallus are briefly in- Fig. 13. Psnea barbata. Natural dicated in the Mowing table : size. (After Sachs.) I. Closely united with the substrate, so as to appear like an incrustation; without rhizoids. (Fig. 9) crustaceous II. Attached to the substrate by rhizoids or by definite portions of the lower surface; lobes numerous or ample foliaceous 1. With numerous rhizoids or points of attachment. a. Lobes lying close to the substrate. (Fig. i) ADNATE or APPRESSED b. Lobes ample and ascendant. (Fig. 10) FRONDOSE 2. With a single point of attachment near the center. (Fig. 11) UMBILICATE III. Arising from a single point of attachment and growing more or less perpendicular to the substrate; branched and shrubby or pendulous, the branches flattened. (Fig. 12) or terete (Fig. 13) FRUTICULOSE IV. Possessing both a horizontal and a vertical part, the former being crustaceous or foliaceous, and the latter consisting of individual members, called podetia , that may be goblet-shaped (Fig. 14, A), club-shaped, or cylindrical (Fig. 14, B), and either sim- ple or branched cladoni^eform —84— As regards the charac- ter of its surface, the thallus may be smooth, with a bloom ( pruinose ), powdery (; pulveru- lent'), mealy ( tartareous ), scufy, warty ( verrucose ), hairy (, tomentose ), cracked {rimose), covered with a network ( reti- culate), divided into small, regular spaces ( areolate ), or Fig. 14. A, Cladonia pyxidat a; B, Cladonia crist atella. in(lentations or depres Natural size. (Original.) sions (/ acunose ). In texture the thallus may be thin and papery {membrana- ceous), moderately firm ( cartila- ginous), or tough like leather {coriaceous). Sometimes the soredia, in- stead of being mere granular heaps, become coral-like projec- tions, and are then called isidia. The different kinds of A Igae which serve as go nidi a are mostly either grass-green or bluish green. When bluish they are termed gonimia. Some of the commoner ’forms of gonidia are shown in Figs. 3 and 15. In a few cases gonidia occur in the hymenium, and are disseminated with the spores. Fig. 15. A, gonidia of Graphis scripta: B, goni- mia of Leptogium. Magnified about 250 diameters. (Original.) The principal forms of apothecia are as follows: I. Hymenium exposed when mature gymnocarpous A. Hymenium solid at maturity. 1. Rounded in outline, concave, flat, or convex. a. Disk margined, at least when young, by a thalline exciple— that is, one which is continuous with the thallus and the same in color. (Figs. 2 and 4) SCUTELLIFORM b. Disk margined only by a proper exciple— that is, one which is a con- tinuation of the hypothecium. and which does not contain gonidia. *Saucer-shaped or shield-shaped, with the exciple distinct at the margin. (Fig. 16, A) patelliform tExciple coal-black lecideine ^Exciple paler than the disk BIATORINE §Strongly convex or globular, the exciple at length covered or obscured by the disk. (Fig. 16. B) CEPHALOID c. Disk margined by both proper and thalline exciples. (Fig. 16, C) ZEORINE 2. Elongated in outline, furrow-like, straight or curved, simple or branching- (Fig. 16, D) LIRELLIFORM B. Hymenium becoming a powdery mass of spores by disintegration of the thekes at maturity. (Fig. 16, E) CRATERIFORM II. Hymenium enveloped in a perithecium— that is, a proper exciple which is spherical or flask-shaped, and at maturity opens by a spore at the summit, through which the spores escape like spermatia from a spermagone. Within the perithecium is usually another layer (the amphithecium ) which gives rise directly to the hymenium. (Fig. 16, F) ANGIOCARPOUS -85- Spores may be colorless* or colored (mostly brownish or olive). The typical forms of spores are illustrated in Fig. 17. As may be seen also in these illustrations, spores may be simple,— i. e., consisting of but a single cell, — (A and C), or they may be divided by partition walls {septa) into two, four, or more compartments {loculi), when they are termed, respectively, bi-, quadri or plurilocular (D, E, I, H, and J). When there are longitudinal as well as transverse septa, the spore becomes muriform (F, G). When there is a small loculus at each pole (as in B) the spore is termed polar-bilo- cular. Fig. 16. Forms of apothecia. A, patelliform ( Lecidia ); B. cephaloid {Cladonia) ; C. zeorine {l^ecanora>. ; D, lirel- liform {Gr aphis)', E, crateriform (Aco/ium); F, angio- carpous ( Endocarpon ). Variously magnified. (Original.) A few lichens have spores almost large enough to be seen ^ith the naked eye: the majority are microscopic and in many cases ex- ceedingly minute. The spermagones of most lichens so nearly resembles the type as shown in Parmelia that they will be easily under- stood without further de- scription. The size of spores is commonly expressed in terms of the microscop- ical unit known as a micromillimeter , which is equivalent to one thousandth of a millime- ter, and is indicated by the abbreviations mic., mm., or by the Greek letter micron, /a. It is customary to write the length as the numerator of a fraction and the breadth as the denom- inator, and to indicate the minimum and maxi- mum of each dimension. Thus for the spores of Parmelia conspersa , * According to Professor Tuckerman, elongated spores are typically colorless, while the broader forms are typically colored. Broad spores which are without color he calls decolorate. —86- which vary from .007 to .012 millimeters in length and from .005 to .007 in breadth we should write the ex- pressions ^ mic. or//. As soon as possi- ble after an unknown specimen is collected it is desirable to ex- amine the spores. Having made a thin section of the apothe- cium or removed a small portion of the hymenium, it may be treated with a little potassic hydrate on the slide and crushed somewhat under the cover glass. Iodine is sometimes useful as a coloring agent. It gives a yellowish or brownish tinge to pro- toplasm and turns the thekes blue. The microscope should be provided with an eye- piece micrometer and the value of the divisions should be carefully ascertained for each objective. Thus equipped it is an easy matter to measure the spores, and these measure- ments should be recorded on the label of the specimen together with a draw- ing of a spore, showing outline, number of septse and (by shading) the presence of color. Cambridge, Mass. (To be continued.) f. 17. Forms of spores. A, globose; B, ellipsoid; C, ovoid; D, oblong; E, dactyloid; F, oblong-ellipsoid; [G, cymbi- form; H, fusiform; I, acicular; J, cylindrical. A and C are simple; D, bilocular; E and I, quadrilocular; H. and J, plurilocular; B, polar-bilocular, F and G, muriform. (Ori- ginal. ) WHAT TO NOTE IN THE MACROSCOPIC STUDY OF LICHENS II. Bruce Fink. Variation in Lichens. Before passing to a consideration of the gross morphology of the fruits of lichens, it may be stated that lichens are scarcely more varied as to form, size and color' than many undoubted morphological units of the plant king- dom, and that the variations are by no means so great that these characters can not be depended on in the. description and determination of species and -Sy- varieties. The student will find in some works on lichens that, in an attempt at brevity, there has been an omission of some characters that are very essential to successful determinations and that in others the same end is gained by a dogmatic statement regarding form, size and color, which would lead the beginner to expect in the plants a like constancy, which by no means exists. The Apothecium. Likewise in the fruit, or apothecium, the main features of gross mor- phology are size, form and color : and these will now be taken up and con- sidered, one at a time. The apothecia are usually superficial and large enough to be seen easily with the unaided eye. But in some instances they are so small that they can be made out with difficulty with the hand lens. Or they may be immersed in the thallus and indicated at the surface by a slight elevation or depression as a disk or ostiole, or they may, when immersed, be scarcely discernable in any way except in sections of the thal- lus. From . i to 5 mm. is well within the range for diameters of apothecia. The apothecia are most commonly saucer-shaped or some slight modifi- cation of this form as when the disk is flat or somewhat convex instead of concave. In some instances the disk becomes very concave, when finally the apothecium may be called cup-shaped, and in others it is strongly convex, finally giving the apothecium a more or less spheroidal form. In all of these forms, the outline of a transverse section of apothecium would usually be very nearly a perfect circle ; but the form may become irregular as growth proceeds, so that at maturity this outline is quite irregular. In other lichens the apothecia are of some other form from the beginning. Thus there are the elongated and often branched forms such as are found in Gr aphis, and the difform or variously irregular forms as in Arthonia. Again, some apothecia are produced into a well developed perithecium, and these usually approximate a spherical form. The Disk. In those lichens in which the exciple is not produced into a perithecium, the upper surface of the apothecium is naked, except for a very thin film of thallus, which may persist . as an epithecium, a structure not mentioned in the descriptions of species. This upper and essentially naked surface, whether flat or more or less strongly concave or convex, forms the disk. The outline of the disk, then, may be circular or variously elongated or irregular, varying in this respect with the form of the apothecium as a whole. In color the disk varies considerably even in the same species. It is usually light colored in its early development and commonly becomes darker as it reaches maturity. The final color, then, may be a light or darker flesh-color or a light or darker shade of yellow, orange, red, brown, chestnut, olive, or even black. And the color is very seldom the same as that of the thallus, but the surface may be pruinose with a usually white powder, concealing the essential color of the disk. The Exciple. Below the disk is the hymenium, which may easily be made out in sec- tions with the hand lens. This structure is usually lighter in color than the -88- disk and is composed of paraphyses and asci. Below the hymenium is the hypothecium, often darker in color than the hymenium above it, so that the line of demarkation between the two structures may easily be made out with the hand lens. The hymenium and the hypothecium are hardly to be studied macroscopically, and are mentioned here mainly that another struc- ture, the exciple, may be located with reference to these two structures. Then the exciple may be said to form the saucer-shaped or cup-shaped cov- ering around the hymenium, being an upward continuation of the hypothe- cium on all sides. Such rather is th e proper exciple , but there is sometimes outside of this, or more often replacing it, what is known as a thalloid exci- ple. This last is similar to the th alius in structure and usually of the same color, while the proper exciple is never of the same color as the thallus and usually approximates in color the disk. Either of the exciples may be permanently absent, and either or both may be quite evanescent and only to be seen in young apothecia. But usually one is permanent or tardily disappearing so that it may be seen read- ily with the eye or the lens, and the nature and degree of development and permanence is of considerable value in the classification of lichens, even to the determination of species. The perithecium has been mentioned, and this is simply a produced exciple found in some lichens, and growing completely around the upper part of the hymenium, except the small opening or ostiole at the summit. The margin of a proper exciple is usually about at the level of the outer margin of the disk, or it may be somewhat raised above the disk. This margin is almost always quite entire, while the margin of a thalloid exciple is frequently crenulate, crenate, variously branched, ciliate or irregular. Position of the Apothecia. Perhaps the only thing yet remaining to be said regarding the fruit, is something concerning its position with reference to the thallus. Sometimes the apothecium is raised on a slender upward extension of the thallus, a short stalk or pedicel, quite different from the podetium of a Cladonia or the stipe of a Calicium and most frequently met in the larger foliose lichens. The stalk may be absent and the apothecium attached to the thallus at the centre of the ventral side of the apothecium. Such apothecia are said to be ses- sile. Again, the apothecium may be more closely attached to the thallus by all of its lower side, and then it is said to be adnate. Finally, the apothe- cia may be more or less immersed in the thallus, sometimes deeply, so that, when the disk is more or less over-grown by the thallus or by a perithecium, the structure is often quite obscured. The developement of the apothecium begins below the surface of the thallus, and the tendency in general is to become more and more superficial as maturity is reached. So it comes about that the apothecium sometimes remains permanently more or less immersed, or more commonly becomes superficial or stalked. And somewhat varying conditions as to position with reference to the thallus may be expected in many species. -89- Stipes AND PODETIA. Very naturally, we may consider next in order podetia and stipes. Both are to be regarded as structures developed originally for the purpose of supporting the spore-bearing organ, or apothecium, and raising it up into the air. But in the Cladonias and Stereocaulons , a secondary function has replaced the original to some extent, and the original stipe, a structure devoid of algal cells as that of the Caliciums , Cypheliums and Coniocybes, has in these first two genera taken to fostering the algal cells, thus becoming a true thallus, whose vertical expansion and often extensive branching greatly increases the area of surface below which the algae may find protection. Thus the stipe differs from the podetium in that the former is devoid of algal cells and the latter not, the former belonging to the fruiting tract, and the latter, doubt- less by modification, more properly to the vegetative tract. Rhizoids and Cilia. And after thus considering the gross morphology of the thallus and the fruiting tracts, there are a number of less conspicuous structures, less con- stantly present even than the fruit, or not so often to be seen with eye or lens, but still sometimes quite apparent. First among these may be men- tioned the rhizoids and cilia. The rhizoids are found on the ventral side of most foliose thalli and serve as attaching organs. They appear to the eye as root-like bodies, varying in color from white to black. We say root-like, but do not call them roots, since they differ from true roots very much as to minute morphology. The cilia are like the rhizoids in structure, but are found on the upper surface of the thallus or along the margins. The hyphal rhizoids of the crustose lichens are quite different morphol- ogically, but these need receive no attention here on account of their minute size. However, it is in order to state that the functions of cilia are to retain drops of water and gradually absorb them, and sometimes when quite num- erous, to protect against cold and dust. Closely related to rhizoids is the simple attaching organ on the ventral sides of the thalli of Gyrophoras, Umbilicarias, and many Endocarpons. This structure is known as the umbilicus. Some Other Structures. Spermagonia, soredia, cephalodia and cyphellae are structures which occur on the surface of thalli. The spermagonia are organs of doubtful nature and function, sometimes quite conspicuous as dark colored spots on the upper surface of the thallus as in some Parmelias and other large foliose lichens ; but these structures are more often minute and of the color of the thallus so that they appear only in sections. They were formerly thought to be of considerable value in the determination of species. The soredia are little powdery masses, usually whitish in color, and scattered over the surface of the thallus as in Pyxine sorediata and many other lichens. Cephalodia are wart-like bodies found on the upper surface of some lichens as in Peltidea aphthosa , or within the thallus, as in some other lich- ens. Cyphellae are small pits or depressions in the lower surface of some foliose lichen thalli as in some Stictas and Stictinas. The further consider- —go— ation of the various structures and their functions belong rather to minute morphology and to physiology. Finally in some lichens the so-called hypothallus is conspicuous to the eye or with the lens. This is true of some members of the genus Pannaria. For instance, in Pannaria nigra , this structure appears as a bluish-black ring all around the thallus. Its nature is not well understood, though possi- bly it is a remnant of some lichen that the Pannaria has over- grown. Some of the older authors considered the rhizoids a portion of the hypothallus. Conclusion. In these days of microscopes and microscopic study, there is some dan- ger that the beginner will actually come to think that there is little to be seen in lichens and other plants below the spermaphytes without using a microscope. The object of the present paper is, then, to call attention to the very many features of lichen-morphology which may readily be observed in the field, with no other aid than the eye, or this supplemented by a good hand lens. The points considered in the above pages are well known to lich- enists, but we do not know where they have previously been brought together in compact form so that the beginner may have them for ready ref- erence. It has not been possible to give, in so brief space, every feature of the gross morphology of lichens and all variations, but the statements are intended rather to be suggestive. It is believed that, if the student will repeatedly read the suggestions given, and then observe more carefully than ever before, he will soon become convinced that the lichens have more defin- ite features of gross morphology than he had ^ previously supposed, and that these features require careful attention at his hands. It is well known that a number of the readers of jthe !Bryologist are becoming interested in lich- ens, and it has seemed appropriate that such statements as are given herein should be brought to the attention of these persons as an aid to careful observation. Grinnell, Iowa. BOOK REVIEWS. SECOND EDITION DIXON & JAMESON. J. P. Naylor. A somewhat careful comparison of the last edition of Dixon & Jameson’s Student’s Handbook of British Mosses, with the Manual, Barnes’ Keys, and the file of the Bryologist, shows that, of the six hundred and two species described in the Handbook, four hundred and thirty-three are American forms. This is a little more than seventy-two per cent. Of the one hundred and fifteen genera all but six are found in the United States, and of these six, only one has more than one species. The British Moss flora seems to be particularly rich in one species genera ; there being forty-four of them which contain but a single species. The fact that the genera are so largely American, taken in connection with the plates and the admirable descriptions, makes the book most valu- —91— able to the beginner in moss study. It is often more difficult for the novice to settle upon the genus than it is to determine the species after the genus is found. Whether a specimen is an Anomodon or Leskea, or whether a Bar- bula or Tortula, are good examples of this sort of trouble. The expert does not see why, of course, but the beginner does, as some of us could testify from past experience. It is true that there are scores of American species and many genera not found in the work, but the most commonly occurring ones are 'described, and the smaller number of prominent forms is a help rather than a disadvantage. The only objection to the book is its price, which is something over six dollars to American students. Greencastle, Indiana. Grout, A. J. Mosses wTith a Hand-Lens, a Non-Technical Handbook of the More Common and More Easily Recognized Mosses of the North- eastern United States. Second Edition, Revised, Enlarged and Includ- ing the Hepatics. 8vo. pp, xvi -j- 208, 151 figures in text. Published by the author and by the O. T. Louis Company, New York City. The first edition of this book was reviewed by Dr. Best (Bryologist, 4:28. 1901), who described its purpose and general character. The call for a second edition within so short a time shows clearly that there is a demand for a work of this nature, and that the first edition has been of distinct ser- vice to students beginning the study of bryology. . The second edition fol- lows the same general plan as the first, but there are a number of noteworthy additions, In the first place, about fifty species of mosses, not included in the first edition, are described and figured. In the second place, certain characters are made use of which can be discerned with the hand-lens by making preparations on glass slides, similar to those required for the com- pound microscope. In this way the features of the leaf-margin, the length of the costa, certain peristome characters, the position of the reproductive organs, and even the general peculiarities of the leaf-cells are consistently included in some of the descriptions. The most important addition, however, is found in the portion of the work devoted to the Hepaticae, which are treated in the same way as the mosses. As there is no other popular work dealing with our American liver- worts, the present chapters will be especially welcome. Fifty-four species, representing forty genera, are described and the majority of these species are figured. With the exception of Fossombronia, Marsupella and Diplo- phylleia, all of our more common genera are included. The author empha- sizes the fact that many of our hepatics can be identified, even when sterile, by characters derived from the purely vegetative organs. To a great extent this is true, but a satisfactory knowledge of a genus or species can of course be secured only by the study of fruiting specimens. It is to be hoped that Dr. Grout’s book will arouse interest in the hepatics, as it has already done in the mosses, and that collectors will devote more attention to these neg- lected plants. Even in the East our knowledge of the distribution of com- mon species is still far from complete. Alexander W. Evans, New Haven, Conn. —92— SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES. The following names have been added to the list of Chapter Members .since July ist, making the total number one hundred and fi fty- three : Mr. Henry Duntun, 139 Franklin street, Jersey City, New Jersey; Mr. W. W. Calkins, 147 California avenue, Chicago, 111.: Dr. Lewis Sherman, 448 Jack- son street, Milwaukee, Wis. ; Dr. Bouley de Lesdain, 16 Rue Emmery, Dun- kerque, Nord, France. NOTES. It is a pleasure to record the fact of the recent appointment of James Franklin Collins as assistant professor of botany, at Brown University, where he has been curator of the University Herbarium since 1894 and instructor in botany since 1899. He is a member of the New England Botanical Club, Josselyn Bot. Soc., Sigma Xi., and other societies. He has contributed since 1893 articles in botanical research to Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, Rhodora and The Bryologist ; also several articles and all the illus- trations in W. W. Bailey’s “ Botanizing” published in 1899. A. M. S. NOTE TO MEMBERS OF THE HEPATIC DEPARTMENT. Though accessions are constantly coming in for our Sullivant Moss Chap- ter Herbarium of Hepaticae, I would like to arouse greater interest it it. We desire that it become rich in the common species from every state and con- tiguous district, as new and fuller data on distribution, etc. could then be obtained and, through published lists from time to time, its full contents be made known. Not wishing to merely beg specimens for the Herbarium mem- bers can exchange hepatics with me, and I shall be glad to send my list of duplicates to any not already supplied. Correspondence relative to this pro- ject and the rarer hepatics will also be gratefully received by me. Caroline Coventry Haynes, 16 East 36th St., New York City. OFFERINGS. (To Chapter Members only. For postage.) Dr. John W. Bailey, “Walker Building,” Seattle. Wash. Porotrichmn Bigelovii (Sulliv.) E. G. Britton; Claopodium Whippleamim Sulliv. ; HyP~ nu7n uncinatum symmetricum R. & C. ; H. aduncum tenue B. & S. Mr. N. L. T. Nelson, 3968 Laclede ave., St. Louis, Mo. Brachythecium acuminatum (Hedw.) Kindb., c.fr. Collected in Missouri. Mrs. Sarah B. Hadley, South Canterbury, Conn. Webera nutans Hedw., c.fr. Collected in South Canterbury. —93— Mr. J. Warren Huntington, Amesbury, Mass. Webera nutans caespi- Aw# Sch. , st. ; Grimmia Olneyi Sulliv. , st. Collected in Amesbury. Mr. Severin Rapp, Sanford, Orange Co., Florida. Thuidium micro- phyllum (Schwaegr.) Best; Leskea microcarpa Sch. Collected in Sanford. Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. Usnea trichodea Ach. ; Pan- naria lanuginosa (Ach. ) Koerb. Collected in Camden. Mr. G. K. Merrrll, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. Cladonia reti- culata (Russell) Wainio (C. Boryi Tuck). Collected in Knox Co., Maine. Mrs. M. L. Stevens, 39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass. Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. forma. Collected in Laconia, N. H. SPORE DISTRIBUTION IN LIVERWORTS. W. C. Coker. (Taken by permission from Botanical Gazette, 37:1, 1904, p. 63.) It has no doubt been noticed by all observers of the liverworts that, while terrestrial species have as a rule (Riccia and Sphaerocarpus are exceptions) their ^apsules raised on elongated stalks, furnished either by sporophyte or gametophyte, those which grow on trees ’seldom elongate their stalks more than enough to free the capsule from the perianth. This difference is plainly due to the fact that the arboricolous species are sufficiently elevated to allow their spores to be well scattered without any special contrivance. It is interesting to note, however, the behavior of the fertile branches of Por- ella platyphylla Lindb. While the vegetative branches of the liverworts remain closely appressed to the bark of the tree the fertile shoots bend away some time before the spores are ripe, and often project a centimeter or more from the substratum. This exposes the spores to the free play of the wind and no doubt prevents many of them from being caught by the leaves of the mother plant. This habit seems to show that even in arboreal forms it may be an advantage to have the capsule removed some distance from the sub- stratum. It will be noticed here that Porella resembles the Marchantiaceae in giving over to the gametophyte the duty of lifting the capsules. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. THE ADVANTAGE OF FREQUENT VISITS TO MOSS LOCALITIES. B. D. Gilbert. One of the most interesting spots for moss collecting which it has been my fortune to strike is a small swamp lying along the creek and near the head of one of the ponds that line the Sanquoit Valley, Oneida County, N. Y. Lying not more than a quarter of a mile from my home, and easy of access, it is one my favorite hunting grounds ; and I seldom go there without finding some species which had not previously attracted my attention. —94— One of the earliest things found last season was Camptothecium nitens. I could scarcely believe in my good luck when I discovered this species, which was recognized almost immediately from one of Dr. Howe’s specimens which he sent me many years ago. His specimen from Washington county, and one sent by Judge Clinton from West Bergen swamp, are the only specimens from New York State in the State Herbarium at Albany. I watched this bed of moss all the summer and fall for fruit but none appeared, and so far as can be learned it is seldom found in fruit anywhere. It grows in a solid bed, three to four inches deep, and covering three or four feet of surface, mixed with Equiseta and grasses. Two mosses are very common in this swamp, and these also grow in solid masses: Gymnocybe palustris and Philonotis font ana. They are nearly always sterile though both have been found fruiting, Growing with these is another much rarer species — Hypnnm filicinum , this is most apt to be ster- ile. In another part of the bog, at the edge of solid ground, grows Fissidens adiantoides, mixed with Selaginella apus and Equisetum scirpoides. Of course in such a favorable spot Hypnum Schreberi is met with here and there, and a small form of Climacium Americanum, always sterile. Thuid- mm delicatulum is also very abundant. Hypnum cuspidatum, which the books report as being a rather rare species, is met with here but like most of the others is sterile. Amblystegium chry sophy llum is another barren species of this swamp. Bryum caespiticium fruits freely in the spring, but it seems to be about the only species that does so. Perhaps some of our moss experts can explain why the mosses growing here should be so unfertile. The swamp is an open one, filled in summer with Nephr odium, Thelypteris and Onoclea sensibilis , an occasional clump of willows and quantities of Equisetum hyemale. Late in the season the ferns have died away and it is then easy to find the plants that grow close to the ground. A few steps lower down the stream there stands a piece of woods, but the' soil underneath is fairly firm, with here and -there a damp depression. Many trees of goodly size grow here, while scattered over the ground lie a number of old windfalls. On the bark of the trees are found Leskea polycarpa , L. gracilescens , Anomondon minor , A. rostratus , Amblystegium v opium , A. adnatum and Thelia hirtella. The other species of Thelia seem to be scarce having been found but once in a piece of hill woods covering a large stone. The logs’ are covered with Entodon cy lindrothecium, E. seductrix , Brachythecium lcetu?n, B. salebrosum , Plagiothecium denticulatum , and other common Hypnums. Judging from this locality, it is not safe to conclude that because one has visited and even ransacked a spot once, there is nothing more to be found. Mosses are small and have a way of eluding observation. So it pays to visit the same locality several times in case one or two good things are found at first, as others are liable to be discovered later on. Clayville, N. Y. —95 - NEW OR UNRECORDED MOSSES OF NORTH AMERICA. By J. Cardot and I. Theriot. Translated and condensed from The Botanical Gazette, May, 1904. Descriptions of new species given in full. See Bryologist, January, March and July, 1905. Bryum anceps Card. & Ther. Densely caespitose, yellowish green. Stems simple or sparingly branched, 5-10 mm. high, interruptedly foliate. Leaves in a comal tuft at apex of branches, about 1.5 mm. long, 0.8 mm. broad, concave, slightly decurrent at the broadly ovate base, short acuminate, the median and lower leaves obtuse, the upper subobtuse or subacute, apex entire or subdenticu- late; margins revolute at least at one side in the upper half ; costa strong, dilated at base, 100 /* thick, gradually attenuate and vanishing below the apex; areolation lax, lower cells quadrate or rectangular, the rest hexa- gonal, about 50 /* long, 20 /* broad, all the walls thin and soft. Other charac- ters unknown. Plate XIX. Northwest Montana; In the vicinity of Lake MacDonald, Flathead Co., 1000-2100 m. alt. (J. M. Holzinger and J. B. Blake, 1898). The relationship of this moss is rather doubtful ; it seems, however, to have some affinity with B. capitellatum C. Mull. & Kindb., which it resem- bles in habit and form of the leaves, but it has more slender stems, the leaves somewhat decurrent, revolute in the lower part at least on one side, a looser areolation formed of much wider and softer cells with thinner walls, and a much broader nerve ( 100 /* wide at base, instead of 6 oju) ending at a little distance below the apex. Bryum brevicuspis Card. & Ther. Synoicous, densely caespitose, lurid-green, Stems 1-2 cm. high, radicu- lose, branching below the perichaetium. Leaves erect-spreading when moist, spirally twisted when dry, about 1.5 mm. long, 0.65 mm. broad, ovate-oblong, short acuminate; margins revolute from base to apex, denticulate above: costa reddish below, 72-82 /u thick, percurrent or often short excurrent; median cells hexagonal or rhomboidal, 30-35/* long, i2ju broad, very chlorophyllose, walls thin, the upper longer, the lower cells larger, laxer, short rectangular, hyaline, marginal cells narrow forming a quite distinct border of two or three rows Capsule pendulous, short, 1.6 mm. long, 0.9 mm. thick, slightly con- stricted under the mouth when old and dry, operculum convex- apiculate. Seta flexuous, about 1 . 5 cm. long. Peristome perfect: cilia apendiculate. Spores smooth, 13-15 ju. in diameter. Plate XXII. Missouri: Eagle Rock, on trees (B. F. Bush), 1898). Easily distinguished from B. capillare L. by its synoicous flowers, very briefly excurrent costa and shorter capsule. Differs from B. provincial Philib. by its smaller leaves, more narrowly revolute, with a shorter point not so much denticulate in the upper part, and also by its shorter capsule. It seems more closely connected with B. Oreganum Sulliv., but from Sulli- vant’s description and drawings (Exped. Wilkes, Musci, 10, pi. 7, B)the latter —96— has shorter stems, more serrate leaves, not twisted when dry and a longer capsule. Bryum subdrepanocarpum Card. & Ther. Dioicous, loosely caespitose, green. Stems short, 5-7 mm. high, radicu- lose below, forming [slender loosely foliate innovations under the perichae- tium. Lower leaves remote, upper crowded into a small rosette, 1-1.5 mm. long, 0.6-0.75 mm. broad, ovate-oblong, short-acuminate; margins longly revolute, plane and denticulate in the upper part; costa 80 // thick at base, vanishing usually below the apex; areolation lax, basal cells rectangular, median and upper oblong-hexagonal, 6o// long, 18-20// broad, marginal cells 1-2 rows narrow, linear, yellowish. Seta reddish below, pale above, 1.5-2 cm. long. Capsule pendulous or nodding, oblong, arculate, with a long neck ; operculum convex-apiculate. Annulus broad. Peristome perfect, cilia appendiculate. Spores 8-12 // thick. Plate XXII. California: Soldier’s Home, Los Angeles Co. (Dr. Hasse, 1902: herb. C. F. Baker). This moss is very near B. drepanocarpmn Philib., from which it differs by its shorter and broader leaves, denticulate in the upper part, and form- ing a small rosette or bud at the top of each stem, and by its costa generally vanishing below the apex. Bryum camptocarpum Card. & Ther. Monoicous, rather laxly caespitose, yellowish green. Stems short, about 5 mm. high, radiculose, simple or branching. Leaves erect, quite crowded, oblong -lanceolate, acuminate, middle and upper leaves 2 mm. long, 0.6-0. 7 mm. broad, the lower shorter: margins incrassate, plane or barely reflexed below, subdenticulate towards the apex ; costa reddish, 80-90 // thick at base, shorter in the lower leaves, longer excurrent in the upper leaves: median and upper cells hexagonal and rhomboidal, 54-70 // long, 18-24// broad, basal cells rectangular, 80-90 // long, 20-30// broad, marginal cells bi- or tri-stratose, forming a beautiful distinct yellowish incrassate border. Male flower on a separate terminal branch. Capsule nodding, oblong, arcuate, 4-4,5 mm. long, 1 mm. broad, tapering into a neck as long as the sporangium ; opercu- lum convex, short apiculate. Seta reddish, 1.5-3 cm. long. Annulus double and triple. Peristome perfect, 0.48 mm. high; membrane of the inner peri- stome extending more than half the height of the teeth: processes narrowly gaping for a short distance along thejkeel; cilia 1-3, appendiculate. Spores papillose, 24// in diameter. Plate XXII. Newfoundland: John’s Beach, wet places (Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne, 1895). Allied to B. meesoides Kindb., B. drepanocarpum Philib., and A*, subdre- panocarpum Card. & Ther. by the form of the capsule, but distinct from these species by the monoicous inflorescence and by the leaves plane on the margins, or nearly so, with a very distinct and thickened border. It also much resembles B. pal lens Sw. var. arcuatum Sch., from which, however, it differs by the shorter leaves, with margins plane or scarcely reflexed at base and denticulate or sinuate at apex. (To be Continued.) BOTANICAL SUPPLIES Everything for the Botanist COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS GENUS COVERS— TROWELS Send por Circular GROUT MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS New Edition $1.75 Net, Post Paid. MOSSES with a HAND-LENS and MICROSCOPE PARTS I. & II., $1.00 each net, postpaid. Sample Pages on application. O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City BOTANICAL DRAUGHTSMAN General Biological Drawing for Truthful and Effective Reproduction P. B. WHELPLEY, Dublin, New Hampshire The Fern Bulletin & The American Botanist are too well known to need extensive description. If interested in botany you need them both. Send for sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address: WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO. BINGHAMTON, N. Y. FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park, New York City LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50 HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 38 Specimens (Nos. 1-38) may be had for $3.50 MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be bad for $5.00 , (Checks from outside of New York City must include 10c extra) Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City nnn.ru- ^-tlo nJxnjTJTJinnnjnrLnnnjTJT.nnjijnrmj^ PUBLICATIONS OF jTjrrmjTJiJirirLrijj THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range ; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. TORREYA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news ; estab- lished 1901. About 16 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City ESTABLISHED 1897 THE PLANT WORLD Edited by FRANCIS E. LLOYD An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you. If you are a teacher of Botany the PLANT WORLD will help you. It will keep you in touch with modern Botanical thought. Send for Sample Copy TEACHERS COLLEGE, Columbia University, New York City METHODS IN MOSS STUDY In Twelve Lessons By C. J. MAYNARD This is a Hand Book issued in parts, one to each lesson, at the rate of four parts per month, and will be completed early in April. The chief reason for this method of publication is to give subscribers an opportunity to color the plates for themselves before the book is bound. Terms : Uncolored, 10c. per part, or |1.00 in advance for the twelve parts. Colored, 30c. per part, or $3.50 in advance for the twelve parts. Send stamp for special circular and sample pages Address : , C. J. MAYNARD, 447 Crafts St.. West Newton, Mass.” £ ^JTJTJlJTJTniTJLrLITmirLn^ ULJLrUTJLJTJTJlJTrirU^ rnjmj mjajTrm.rmjTJTJTJTJTj^jijxruTJTjTj^ VOLUME VIII. NUMBER 6 NOVEMBER, 1905 The BRYOLOGIST AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS EDITORS : ABEL JOEL GROUT and ANNIE MORRILL SMITH CONTENTS Telaranea nematodes longifolia ( Illustrated ) Caroline Coventry Haynes 97 Lichenology for Beginners IV. ( Illustrated ) Frederick LeRoy Sargent 98 Some Common Errors Encalypta procera Lichen Notes No. I. Note on Local Moss Distribution Edward B. Chamber lam 106 E. J. Hill 107 G. K. Merrill 110 John M. Holzinger 112 Roth’s Die Europaeischen Laubmooss ( Review ) John M. Holzinger 113 Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes, Election Notice . Offerings 115 116 E, Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot. mail Cj matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. f C Published by the Editors, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Sk., U. S. A. dxriJiJTJTJTJTJTJxruLrLruTJxrLriruLnjTJTJLriJLm ru-iinj PRE88 OF MCBRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK THE BRYOLOCIST BIMONTHLY JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES HEPATICS AND LICHENS. ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Subscription Price, $1.00 a year. 20c. a copy. Four issues 1898, 35c. Four issues 1899, 35c. Together, eight issues, 50c. Four issues 1900, 50c. Four issues 1901, 50c. Four Vols. $1.50 Six issues 1902, $1.00. Six issues 1903, $1.00. Six issues 1904, $1.00. Short articles and notes on mosses solicited from all students of the mosses. Address manu- script to A. J. Grout , Boys' High School, Brooklyn , N. Y. Address all inquiries and sub- scriptions to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith , 78 Orange Street , Brooklyn , N. Y. For adver- tising space address Mrs. Smith. Check , except N. Y. City , MUST contain 10 cents extra for Clearing House charges. Copyrighted 1905, by Annie Morrill Smith. THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER. President, Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, Washington, D.C. Vice-President, Mrs. C. W. Harris, 125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller. 1109 M Street, Washington, D. C. Treasurer, Mrs. Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dues $1.10 a year, this includes a subscription to The Bryologist. All interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics, and Lichens by correspondence are invited to join. Send dues direct to the Treasurer. For further information address the Secretary. THE ONLY MOSS BOOKS describing the mosses of the North-eastern United States that are now in print are Grout’s Mosses with a Hand-lens, and Mosses with a Hand- lens and Microscope. Mosses with a Hand-lens, Edition 2, is an octavo volume of 224 pages, printed on fine coated paper and bound in strong cloth. It describes 168 species of mosses, and 51 of hepatics. Practically every species is illustrated in the 39 full page plates and 150 other figures. It is the only book on mosses included in the catalogue of 8,000 volumes for a Popular Library issued by the American Library Association (190 f.) Price, $1.75. A limited signed edition of 25 copies, with actual specimens of 200 species mounted on interleaved blank pages, is in preparation. Price $15.00. NOW is the time to subscribe for Mosses with Hand-lens and Micro- scope. On and after the date of issue of the fifth part the price will become $1.25 per part. SEND FOR SAMPLE PAGES A. J. GROUT ^ 360 Lenox Road ^ Brooklyn, N. Y. THE BRYOLOGIST. Vol. VIII. November, 1905. No. 6. § Fig. 1. Telaranea nematodes longifolia , M. A. Howe. Postical side, showing archegonia and antheridia, also underleaves X. 22. Reduced y2. Fig. 2. Antheridial branch showing cells, etc. X. 70. Reduced ]/2. TELARANEA NEMATODES LONGIFOLIA M. A. HOWE. Caroline Coventry Haynes. Telaranea nematodes Gottsche belongs, with the genus, to tropical or warm-temperate countries, South America. South Africa, Cuba and Ber- muda. A form of this T. nematodes longifolia M. A. Howe (Bull. T'orrey Botanical Club, 29:284, 1902.) is known to occur at a few stations in Georgia and Florida. When, however, Dr. Howe found it growing at Freeport, Long Island, October, 1898, he inclined to the belief that it was not so rare and The September BRYOLOGIST was issued September 1st, 1905. —98— that it had a wider distribution. The pleasant record is mine of knowing of five stations for it, and thus confirming his belief. I detected it growing among Pallavicinia Lyellii (Hook.) S. F. Gray, collected at Arlington, Staten Island, Nov. 28th, 1903, a Field Day of the Torrey Botanical Club, by Mr. W. T. Horne and brought to the New York Botanical Garden. At High- lands, Monmouth Co., New Jersey, I have collected it two consecutive sum- mers. The plants collected in September showed perianths with immature capsules and many antheridia. It was growing among Sphagnum plants ; Cephalozia connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. in fruit, in the vicinity. These plants were all growing lustily and showed the same shade of tender green and I noticed the Telaranea only from its conferva-like meshes in contrast with the more sharply defined Sphagna. While in North Carolina, February last, I found it at Pinehurst, Southern Pines and at Jackson Springs, all in Moore Co., growing along the borders of running .streams, with mosses. These plants showed the, ashy-green color of the descriptions. Their delicacy seemed almost ethereal among the larger forms of vegetation and it was won- derful to me that they could survive the winter (for I found old perianths) and start growing as soon as the snow melted away. Blepharostoma tricho- phyllum (L.) Dumort, is the only hepatic likely to be confused with it. But Telaranea nematodes longifolia has underleaves two or three cells in length, incurved at apices, while the former’s approximate the leaves in length. The leaves and underleaves are hair-like, the leaves being five-eight cells long, of a single series of cells to the basal cell. It is autoicous. The arche- gonia are on short postical branches, the one nearest the apex maturing first. This note is written with the intention of bringing this charming plant to the notice of hepatic students so that they may be on the lookout for it. I shall be grateful if any one finding it, will inform me. 16 East 36th street, New York City. LICHENOLOGY FOR BEGINNERS— IV. Frederick LeRoy Sargent. (Begun in May, 1905, issue.) In the above consideration of the morphology of lichens our attention has been directed particularly to such modifications of form as afford charac- ters useful in systematic classification. But lichens are not only so many species to be named and classified ; they are living things adapted to the humble conditions under which they live: and no more interesting field is open to the student of lichens than that which concerns their biology. While a great deal has already been done in the study of the gonidia and their function, and upon the structure and development of other organs, com- paratively little has been attempted in the direction of learning the effect of the environment in influencing the form of the different parts or of studying the way these little plants meet the exigencies of their life. Such questions, for example, as the following' would, we think, repay careful investigation. —99— What peculiarity have the dry pasture species in common, and what those of moist woods? Have these peculiarities any such relation to the supply of moisture and light as we find to be the case among higher plants which grow under conditions correspondingly different? What enemies have lichens and how do they protect themselves against their attacks? Are there any special arrangements which facilitate the scattering of spores? How is moisture absorbed by the thallus? Is the moisture which is taken in at one part of the thallus conducted to other parts (or must each part absorb directly through its own surface)? How fast do the different organs of lichens grow? To what extent is the rate of growth affected by differences of moisture, light and temperature? To what age do different sorts of lichens attain? Other questions of a similar nature will readily suggest themselves to anyone inter- ested in these plants, and whereas many problems connected with the minute structure of lichens require considerable technical skill and the use of instru- ments of great delicacy, all that is needed for the profitable study of ques- tions of the sort above indicated, is intelligent observation and note-taking in the field, or the performance of simple experiments. A knowledge of the systematic relationship and the names of the species of one’s own locality at least is obviously a desirable preliminary to such work. The only manual of North American species is Prof. Tuckerman’g Synopsis. (A Synopsis of the North American Lichens: By Edward Tuck - erman, Part I, 1882. Published by S. E. Cassino, Boston, Mass. Part II, 1888. Sold by Edwin Nelson, Amherst, Mass. Both parts now out of print). As this work was written for advanced lichenologists, beginners find it diffi- cult to use. The sources of these difficulties are mainly these: first, insuffi- cient acquaintance with the characters of the specimen studied, due to ignorance of just what to look for; second, not understanding the exact meaning of the phrases encountered in the book, or making the necessary allowances: third, the variability and close resemblance of the species them- selves. Let us consider how these difficulties may be overcome. The chief source of trouble is much increased by the too common habit among students of trying to read the descriptions and observe the characters of the species at the same time. Before referring to the book at all, one should make out as far as possible the characters of the specimen in hand. The following schedule of questions will, it is hoped, prove helpful by indi- cating the important features to be observed in such preliminary examina- tion. Schedule for Analysis. What is the locality and habitat? Is the thallus crustaceous, foliaceous (and appressed, frondose or um- bilicate), fruticulose or cladoniseform, or of a form intermediate? If crustaceous , is there a hypothalline fringe, and if so what color is it? Is the surface smooth, pulverulent, tartareous, verrucose, rimose, areo- late, or otherwise peculiar? Of what color is it in the younger and in the older portions? IOO — If foliaceous or fruticulose, is the thallus gelatinous, membranaceous, cartilaginous or coriaceous? Of what form is the margin of the thal- lus or its lobes or branches? Is the thallus alike on all sides or is there an upper and an under surface? Is the upper or general surface corticate or ecorticate (i. e. with or without a cortex), smooth, polished, wrinkled, chan- nelled, reticulate, lacunose, pulverulent, granular, tomentose, sorediiferous, isidiiferous or otherwise peculiar? What is its color? If sorediiferous or isidiiferous is the whole surface covered or only certain portions of it, and what form do the soredia or isidia assume? If there is a lower surface differ- ing from the upper is it corticate or ecorticate, smooth, wrinkled, pitted, veined, fibrillose (i. e. with rhizoids) or otherwise peculiar? If fibrillose, what is the color of the rhizoids, and are they simple or branched, few or numerous, long or short? Do they extend beyond the margin of the thallus as cilia? If cladoniceform, is the horizontal thallus crustaceous, squamulose (i. e. composed of scale-like lobes or segments), or foliaceous? If crustaceous of what form and color is it, and what is the character of the margin and sur- face? (See questions given above for crustaceous thallus.) If squamulose or foliaceous, what is the form of the squamules or lobes, what is the form of the margin, and what the color and character of the surface above and below? (See the questions given above for foliaceous thallus.) Of what form are the podetia? Are they solid or hollow, and if branched what is the form and arrangement of the branches? What is the texture and color and what the character of the surface? [How are the gonidia arranged in the thallus? Of what form and color, are they?*] Are the apothecia scuttellseform, lecideine, biatorine, cephaloid, lirel- lseform, crateriform or angiocarpous? Are they immersed, innate, adnate, sessile or stalked? Upon what part of the thallus are they borne? If gymnocarpous, is the exciple entire at the margin, crenate, ciliate with fibrills or projections or otherwise peculiar? What is the color of the disk when young and when mature, and of what color is the exciple? [Is the hypothecium pale or blackened?] If angiocarpous, are the apothecia separate and scattered or crowded together and immersed in a common receptacle or stroma? [Of what form is the perithecium, and is it pale or blackened? Is the amphithecium pale or blackened?] [Are the paraphyses simple or branched? Are the thekes cylindri- cal, club-shaped (clavate), pear-shaped (pyriform), ovoid, globose, or other- wise peculiar in form? How many spores are there in a theke? Are the spores colorless (pale) or colored? Are they globose, elliptical, ovoid, oblong, cylindrical, fusiform, dactyloid, cymbiform, acicular or of some intermediate form? Are they simple, bi- quadri- or plurilocular, polar-bilocular or muri- form? What are the extremes of length and breadth in micromillimeters?] *The questions enclosed in brackets call for the use of the compound microscope, and although here placed in logical sequence among the others, had better be taken up by the student all together at the end. — IOI — [What is the form of the spermagones? Where are they situated on the thallus What is the form and size of the spermatia?] After the student has examined a certain number of species according to the above schedule he will have learned what to look for so well as to have no further need of such help, and will be able to make his preliminary examin- ations with thoroughness and rapidity. He will learn also that in dealing with certain genera, some features call for more particular observation and some for less. While it is desirable to know the microscopic structure, partic- ularly as regards the gonidia and the spores, it is not always necessary for the recognition of species and even to a less extent of genera, Hence a good beginning may be made with only a hand magnifier, which was indeed all the earlier lichenologists had to aid them. As regards the second difficulty referred to above, namely, that of not understanding fully the statements of the book or failing to make the neces- sary allowances, the student will find that these perplexities will disappear in proportion as the mind comes to associate the different phrases with partic- ular features seen in the specimens examined. As in the systematic study of other difficult groups, so with lichens, it is found to be very helpful at first if one can take specimens of which one knows the name, and compare them point for point with the description as given in the manual, for the family, genus and species to which they belong. To enable beginners to do something of this work, there is appended to the present paper a short analytical key by means of which the names of a few of our commonest and most easily recognized species may be determined with tolerable accuracy. In regard to the third mentioned source of difficulty (the variability and close resemblance of many species) it must be said that even the most advanced students have this to contend with, and as in the case of other perplexing groups, the last resort is the comparison of doubtful forms with authentically named specimens. Besides Prof. Tuckerman’s Synopsis the following writings in English may be profitably consulted by the student: An Introduction to the Study of Lichens. Henry Willey. New Bedford, 1887. A Popular History of British Lichens. W. Lander Lindsey. London, 1856. Guide to the Recognition of the Principal Orders of Cryptograms and the Commoner and More Easily Distinguished New England Genera. Frederick Le Roy Sargent. Cambridge. 1886. The article “Lichens” in Encyclopaedia Britainnica, Ninth Edition, and the Section on Lichens (pp. 114-126) in Gcebel’s Outlines of Classification (Oxford, 1887), give a good general idea of the structure, etc., of these plants. A Text- Book of General Lichenology, with Descriptions and Figures of the Genera occurring in the United States. Albert Schneider, Binghamton, N, Y., 1897. Such technical terms as occur in the following Key and have not been defined in the foregoing pages, are used in the same sense as when employed in the description of phan- erogams. The abbreviations are the same as those given in B'igs. 2-8. 102 — ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES.* *The method of using this form of Key may be illustrated by taking as an example a specimen of our typical lichen, with the characters of which we are already familiar. Out of the four alternatives given under “1,” we find that only that marked “c,” describes our specimen. This refers us to Section 12. Here we find that “c” is the alternative that fits, and this refers us to “15.” Under 15 we must choose “a” and thence we go to 16, and from “16a” to “17a” which gives us the name, Parmelia con- spersa. 1. a. Th. cladoniseform, podetia hollow 2 b. Th. fruticulose or when young cladoniseform, and the podetia becom- ing fruticulose by the disappearance of the horizontal th. at least from the base 5 c. Th. foliaceous or foliaceous-squamulose 12 d. Th. crustaceous . 21 2. a. Ap. brown , 3 Ap. scarlet or orange .'. 4 3 a. Podetia 3-6 cm. tall, dilated above into shallow cups, bearing apothe- cia on the rim, and from the centre giving rise to similar stalked cups ; very smooth throughout. On the earth. Cladonia gracilis var. verticillata. b. Podetia 5-25 mm. tall, top-shaped, short stalked, the margin spreading, bearing sessile or stalked ap. ; granulose, warty or scurfy. On the earth, etc. Cladonia pyxidata. c. Podetia 1-3 cm. tall, goblet-shaped, rather long-stalked and slender, the margin erect, often with tooth like projections sometimes bear- ing ap.: cortex disintegrating into a fine glaucous- white powder. On the earth, etc Cladonia fimbriata. 4. a. Podetia cylindrical, sometimes branched, mostly about 2-4 mm. tall; smooth or with the surface wrinkled. On dead wood, etc. Cladonia cristatella. b. Podetia elongated-top-shaped, about 15-35 mm. tall; smooth, becom- ing warty. On the earth.... Cladonia Cornucopioides. 5. a. Branches cylindrical and hollow. ........ 6 b. Branches not hollow 7 6. a. Podetia about 3-6 cm. tall, branches about .5-1 mm. thick, several times forked, awl-shaped at the top, with a smooth firm cortex, brown above, becoming gray in the lower (older) portions. On the earth .... Cladonia furcata var. subulata. b. Podetia about 4-10 cm. tall, branches about .5-1.5 mm. thick, the di- visions mostly wide-spreading, the sterile tips curved and drooping; ecorticate, the surface fibrohs, sometimes appearing mealy or warty; ashy white or tinged with greenish straw color. On the earth, often forming extensive mats. (Called “ Reindeer Moss” from its form- ing the winter food of that animal.) Cladonia rangiferina. 7. a. Th. softish, cottony within 8 b. Th. cartilaginous 9 8. a. Branches angular-terete or flattened, often sorediiferous, greenish or straw-colored, sometimes paler below. Mostly on dead wood and (with us) sterile Everina brunastri • — 103 — b. Branches flattened, often isidiiferous, ashy-gray above, paler or often black spotted below. On trees and dead wood (mostly sterile). Everina furfuracea. 9. a. Branches flattened 10 b>. Branches terete 11 10. a. Branches involute, beset at the margin with a row of dark- colored, fin- ger-shaped projections, 0.3-0. 5 mm. long (containing the sperma- gones). Th. mostly brown above, lighter towards the base where there is sometimes a red stain. Ap. (infrequent) scutellseform, dk. chestnut. On the earth. (The “ Iceland Moss ” of druggists.) Cetraria Islandica. b. Branches scarcely involute, often with slender projections at the mar- gin, but these are sharp-pointed, yellowish or gray like the th., usually exceed 1. mm., in length and do not contain sperm agones. Ap. scutellseform; dk. brown orange ; th. ex. often radiately fibri- lose On trees and rocks Theloschistes chrysophthalmus. c. Branches not involute, without spermagone-bearing projections differ- ing in color from the th. which is pale greenish or straw-color, rather rigid, more or less reticulately-lacunose and quite variable in the form and number of its divisions, Ap. scutellseform; dk. pale, not differing much from the th. in color. Mostly on trees. Ramalina calicaris. 11. a. Th. greenish, covered with numerous fibrils of the same color: medulla consisting of- a cottony layer surrounding a tough central cord. Ap. scutellseform; dk. pale; th. ex. radiately fibrillose. On trees (called “ Bearded Moss ”) Usnea barbata . b. Th. dark brown, smooth, sometimes with pale soredia: medulla uni- form throughout. Ap. (rare) scutellseform, small. Mostly on trees and dead wood Alectoria jubata. c. Th. ashy-gray, the branches clothed with granules which may become coralloid or scale-like; medulla firm and uniform throughout. Ap. cephaloid, dark brown or black. On rocks or on the earth. Stereocaulon .* 12. a. Th. umbilicate 13 b. Th. frondose ... 14 c. Th. appressed, the margin sometimes ascendant 15 13. a. Th. cartilaginous, pale brown or ashy above, fawn-color to dark-brown below, smooth on both surfaces, lobes sometimes much crowded and overlapping. Ap. angiocarpous, imbedded in the th. On rocks, near water so as to be occasionally submerged. Endocarpum mineatum. b. Th cartilaginous, ashy-color above, whitish toward the center; below pale brownish or ash-colored; smooth on both surfaces, often pruin- ose; with numerous pustular protrusions above, having correspond- *Of genera thus marked we have several species, the discrimination of which is too difficult to be considered here. — 104 — in g indentations below. Ap. sub-scutellseform (appearing as if lecidiene), often clustered. On rocks in dry situations. Umbilicaria pustulata. c. Th. coriaceous, often very large, brown above, smooth and even ; below * intensely black with crowded short fibrils. Ap. (infrequent) much as in the last but with dk. ridged concentrically, On rocks in rather dry situations Umbilicaria Dillenii. 14. a. Th. cartilaginous, lobes rounded, numerous and crowded, lacunose, pale grayish-green above, whitish or here and there blackening below; no fibrils at the margin. Ap. sub-pedicellate attached obliquely to the margins and summits of the lobes; th. ex. thin, entire or crenate. Sp. simple, ellipsoid. On trees and dead wood. Cetraria lacunosa. b. Much as in the last but with marginal fibrils and crenulate exciple. On trees and dead wood Cetraria ciliaris. c. Th. coriaceous, with rounded sinuses, strongly lacunose-reticulate, tawny or olivaceous: paler below, filbrillose in veins around naked spots. Ap. (infrequent) sessile at the margin of the lobes: th. ex. entire. Sp. cymbriform, 2-4-locular. On trees and rocks. (Form- erly esteemed as a pulmonary medicine from its resemblance to a lung) Sticta pulmonaria. d. Th. coriaceous, with rounded (sterile) lobes and narrower erect ones bearing at the end shield-shaped (often revolute) apothecia; thallus mostly veiny below and with long rhizoids. Ap. innate on the upper surface of the lobes: th. ex. torn-crenate when young. Sp. fusiform-acicular, 4-locular. On the earth or on rocks, mostly among mosses Peltigera .* e. Th. cartilaginous-membranaceous, with rounded lobes, not veiny below, and with short rhizoids. Ap. as in the last but reniform and borne on the under surface of the lobes. Sp. fusiform-ellipsoid, 4- locular, Mostly on rocks and trees Nephroma* 15. a. Th. not gelatinous when moist 16 b. Th. gelatinous when moist 20 16. a. Th. pale green or straw-colored above, blackening below 17 b. Th. grayish or whitish ash-colored above, blackening below 18 c. Th. grayish or whitish ash-colored above, fawn-color or whitish below 19 d. Th. olivaceous brown or bronze-colored above, blackening below and with black rhizoids toward the centre, membranaceous, closely appressed. Dk. chestnut; th. ex. crenulate. Sp. simple, ellipsoid, colorless. On trees and rocks Parmelia olivacea. e. Th. pale yellow to bright orange above, white below, rather loosely appressed. Dk. orange: th. ex. entire. Sp. polar-bilocular, ellip- soid, colorless. On trees and rocks near large bodies of water. Theloschistes parietinus. 17. a. Th. cartilaginous-membranaceous, the lobes mostly rather narrow, —io5— sub-linear and much divided, smooth, not wrinkled. Dk. chestnut: th. ex. entire. On rocks Parmelia conspersa. b. Th. cartilaginous: the lobes mostly broad and rounded, with numerous distinct wrinkles on the older portions. (Not commonly fertile ; dk. as in the last, th. ex. crenulate or sorediiferous). On trees and rocks Parmelia caper ata. 18. a. Th. commonly reaching a diameter of 10-20 cm. or more, rather loosely adherent: lobes flat or concaye, repand, rather narrow, becoming reticulately rimose above, densely black fibrillose below, the rhizoids reaching the margin. Dk. chestnut: th. ex. rather thick, sub-crenulate. Sp. simple, ellipsoid, colorless. On rocks. Parmelia saxatilis. b. Th. smaller, closely adnate: lobes flat, smooth, rounded and crenate or more deeply divided, rhizoids black and extending to the mar- gin, but not prominent. Dk. and sp. much as in the last: th. ex. mostly thin and entire. On trees and rocks Parmelia tiliacea. 19. a. Th commonly reaching a diameter of 10-20 cm. or more; lobes rounded, flat or concave, somewhat ascendant; becoming reticulate, rugose and often with soredia or isidia. Dk. chestnut; th. ex. cren- ulate. Sp. simple, ellipsoid, colorless. On rocks and trees. Parmelia Borreri. b. Th. se'dom more than 5 cm. broad, lobes sub-linear-, convex, often overlapping and appressed, smooth, without soredia. Dk. brownish-black or gray-pruinose when young; th. ex. mostly entire. Sp. bilocular, ellipsoid, brown. On trees, dead wood and rocks. Physcia stellaris. 20. a. Th. mostly dark olive green, without distinct cortical layer. Ap. scutellseform Collema* b. Th. mostly lead-colored, with a distinct cortical layer. Ap. scutellse- form, zeorine or biatorine . Leptogium* 21. a. Ap. scutellseform or zeorine 22 b. Ap. cephaloid, stalked: dk. rose-pink or flesh-colored; proper exciple (which constitutes the stalk) pinkish-white. Sp. simple, fusiform- oblong, colorless. Th. granular, ashy-gray. On the earth. Bceomyses roseus. c. Ap. lirellseform, branched, innate, black, with or without a th. ex. Sp. ellipsoid-fusiform, pluri-locular, colorless. Th. inconspicuous, form- ing a very thin, smooth, whitish incrustation on bark. Gr aphis scripta. d. Ap crateriform, sessile, with a black dk. and proper ex., surrounded by an accessory thalline one. Sp. ellipsoid-oblong, bilocular, dark colored. Th. greenish-yellow, granular. On dead wood. Acolium tigillare 22. a. Th. drabish-white, becoming rimose or wrinkled. Dk 1-3 mm. broad flesh color or pinkish pruinose: th. ex. thick, entire. Sp. simple, ellipsoid, colorless mic. On bark Lecatiora pallescens. — io6 — b. Th. much as in the last but often granular. Dk. about .5-1. mm. broad, redish to dark brown; th. ex. rather thin, entire or crenulate. Sp. as in the last but mic. On bark, dead wood and rocks. Lecanora subfusc a. c. Th. areolate verraculose, pale -greenish, yellowish or whitish. Dk. about .2-.8 mm. broad, pale yellowish, buff or ochraceous-brown; th. rather thin, entire or crenulate. Sp. as in the last but mic. On bark, dead wood and rocks Lecanora varia. The End. Cambridge, Mass. SOME COMMON ERRORS. Edward B. Chamberlain. Several times during the past year I have noticed that some of the mem- bers of the Sullivant Moss Chapter were abusing the assistance given them by professional bryologists. Usually, the fault was in the misuse of the words “determined by,” when sending out specimens offered through the BRyOLOGIST. I have , recently received from Chapter Members mosses which were labelled as named by this or that specialist, when the date of the collection and the often undried condition of the material made it impossible for the specialist to have seen either the specimen or even a duplicate of it. Further inquiry showed the facts to be somewhat as follows : A, collected a moss, and sent it to B, who determined it. Then A, wishing to offer it to the Chap- ter, and not having on hand a sufficient quantity, went to the spot where he previously found the moss, or where he now thinks he found it, secured more material which looked like the same thing, and distributed this last, label- ling it “ detr. B,” although B had actually seen none of the second collec- tion. This second collection may have been the same as the first, but it very probably was not. Under any circumstances it was very unjust and discour- teous to the person naming the original collection to make him sponsor for the second. It is really a forgery of his determination. To avoid such errors the following rule should be adhered to in the use of the words “determined by” or “verified by.” Never under any circum- stances mark a specimen as determined by another person than the collector unless that person has actuallv seen either the specimen itself or a true dupli- cate of it. In the latter case it is very much better to use the words “ dupli- cate determined by.” In such a case as that outlined above, the specimens must be marked as determined by the collector, for nobody else had any- thing to with them. In this connection it may be well to explain what a duplicate is. By duplicates in mosses are meant, strictly speaking, specimens of the same species, collected in the same locality, upon the same substratum, by the same person and on the same date. The strictness with which this is to be interpreted depends to some extent upon the species of moss in question. In the case of such genera as Ulota or Grimmia , or of certain of the —107— Hypnaceae, where several species may be mingled in the same tuft, by far greater care is to be used than in the case of say Mnium hornum, which is usually found in pure tufts. Under all circumstances, the members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter should take especial pains in the matter of the specimens offered by them for distribution. First, be sure the specimens sent out are real duplicates, not a lumping of two or three different collections which you “guess” are the same. Secondly, when having specimens determined by another, send large quantities; if you are not familiar with the species send all the material you propose to use in the distribution. Thirdly, be scrupulously exact in citing the authority for the determination ; don't endanger another’s reputation by your own carelessness. Washington, D. C. ENCALYPTA PROCERA BRUCH. E. J. Hill. The finding of a sterile Encalypta on rocks at Lockport, 111., in 1904, led to a correspondence with Mrs. E. G. Britton regarding its specific character In 1889 I had collected E. procera in fruit on Presque Isle, Marquette, Mich The question arose whether this might not be E. streptocarpa Hedw. (E. contorta (Wulf. ) Lindb. as now called from an older specific name), or some other member of the genus. The specimens from Presque Isle consisted of one fruiting and a few sterile stems found in a tuft of Distichium capil- laceum. The peristome of the capsule was unfortunately injured while examining it, but enough remained combined with other characters to lead to its identification as stated. A recent comparison with the barren stems of E. procera from British Columbia and fruiting plants of E. contorta from two stations in Europe sent by Mrs. Britton, which have a different capsule, strengthened this conclusion. A further search led to the detection of antheridia on the stem of the fruiting specimen showing that it is monoe- cious as is the case with E. procera. The Distichium with which it grew was abundantly fruiting, some barren stems of Myurella Caryana were also in the tuft.^. The specimens from Lockport being sterile, the vegetative character can only be used to determine the species. Comparing the leaves the same type is seen in the plants from the three American localities. The leaf of E. contorta is longer and relatively narrower than in E. procera which is broader towards the top, more decidedly Ungulate, sometimes subspatulate. The costa of the latter usually ceases further from the apex. The cells of the basal hyaline part are larger especially near the costa than those of E. con- torta and at times approach a square form. The leaf characters of the two are well shown in the figure in Roth’s Europaischen Laubmoose Taf. XLI. From the evidence the specimens best agree with E. procera. The stems of these mosses are well provided with propagula. It was noticed at the time of identifying the plants from Presque Isle, and a refer- ence in a note under E. procera in Schimper’s Syn. Mus. Eur. states that — io8 — simple and branching1 filaments resembling prothallia occur in the axils of the leaves. These structures are fully treated by Correns (Vermehrung der Laubmoose, p. 97-101 : 1899.) mostly under E. contorta as those of E. procera are essentially the same. Comparing three collections made at Lockport, August and November, 1904, and June, 1905, I find them most abundant on the November plants, least on the June, seeming to increase as the season of growth advances, and as Correns states, ripening in the fall. They are mostly found above the middle of the stem, but not quite to the top in the freshly growing part. They are generally branched or forked, single or in tufts, the lower part smooth, brown or chestnut, divided by rather distant oblique partitions, the upper or propagative part comprising the brood-body chlorophyllose, papillose, the partitions vertical to the outer wall. The partitions plainly show that they are transformed rhizoids though short simple ones may be chlorophyllose almost from their origin, the brown por- tion very slight. They spring from the stem and the basal part of the costa. None have been observed on the lamina. The cells of the papillose part are mostly longer than wide commonly 25 /4 long by 22-3 oju in diameter, but vary- ing between 20-80 x 20-55/4. Rhizoids which function as such may spar- ingly branch from the propagula but are much smaller, 5-6/4 in diameter. In E. contorta as described by Correns, the propagula are produced only on the stem. His efforts to produce theta on the leaves by cultivation met with little success, a few threads being sometimes developed on the sheath- ing base of young leaves, but none on the lamina. When considering E. procera he quotes Berggren to the effect that portions of the leaves of this species “readily develope protonema when brought into favorable positions.” He concludes with the statement that “of these two nearly related species the monoecious (A. procera ) is better provided for asexual multiplication than the dioicous (A. contorta.)" This seems to be borne out by the specimens from Lockport as the propagula are not confined to the stem as in E. contorta. The moss on Presque Isle was found in fissures on the north face of a cliff or wall of magnesian rock, a dolomite in composition. Those at Lock- port grow on the east face of a low cliff of magnesian linestone, dolomitic in character. A little cushion was found in a shallow depression of the vertical face at the base of a tuft of Pellaea atropurpnrea, another on the edge of tne cliff where some soil had accumulated and was associated with Reboulia hemispherica : a considerably larger tuft on a narrow ledge with a thin soil, mixed with Brachythecium acuminatum rupincolum. These plants like the mosses at Presque Isle show the general character of its associates. The habitat is shady but not moist or only slightly so, more commonly dry. Roth gives the habitat of E. procera as “shaded schistose rocks.’’ It is usually mentioned as growing in moist places as well as Myurella Cary ana and Distichium capillaceum. But the latter occurs in dry situations also. The associates at Lockport are in general xerophytes, though both Reboulia and the Brachythecium likewise occur as mesophytes. The discovery of E. procera at the two places, Presque Isle and Lock- port, south of their usual range, is at first view a little surprising. On the — iog — Eastern Continent it is found in high latitudes, Brotherus (Die Natiirlischen Pflanzenfamilien, i, 3:438, 1902) gives its range as Norway, North Finland and Lapland, Beeven Island and Spitzbergen, also Siberia, near the mouth of the Yenisei River. Several of these stations are north of the Arctic Cir- cle. It appears on the Western Hemisphere within the Arctic Circle at Clavering Island off the coast of Greenland and nearest the two above men- tioned island stations north of Europe. On the mainland it has been mostly found in the western part of British America. Macoun gives as its range “ Rocks and banks amongst the Rocky Mountains, Drummond. Crevices of rocks, Ont. ; on wet rocks near Hector and at the ‘ Gap,’ Rocky Moun- tains; also on the bank of the Columbia River at Revelstoke, B. C., 1890, MacounP (Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Musci, p. 96, 1892.) It was the moss from Hector, B. C., that I had for comparison (Can. Mus. No. 365). If we follow Brotherus in identifying E. Selwini Aust. as E. procera Bruch, then Vancouver Island (Victoria at the south end) and some more northerly stations will be included. The station in the above range nearest to Presque Isle is Lake Nepigon, north of Lake Superior, about two hundred and fifty miles away. Its presence on the south shore of Lake Superior would be natural enough in a climate more severe than parts of British Columbia and especially Vancouver Island. It is harder to account for it in northern Illi- nois, but it is only one of a number of northern plants that find a congenial home near the south end of Lake Michigan. It is the southern limit of rang-e for Pinus divaricata , the Jack Pine. Other plants of the vicinity are Linnaea borealis , Betula papyrifera, Salix adenophy lla, Equisetum scir- poides, Aster ptarmicoides lutescens. A factor of great weight in accounting for the southern distribution of boreal plants is their relation to former lines of drainage. The locality at Lockport is on the outlet of Lake Michigan where its water, together with those of the upper Lakes, went southward to the Mississippi. It is a glacial made valley through which now flows a small river, the Desplaines. The cliff is vertical, the base covered by thallus, the top forty or more feet higher than the glaciated rock-bed of the valley. Except by the slow process of weathering to which the plants readily conform, the upper part of such a mass would be unchanged since the ice-sheet left it. The lower part would be subject to the wear of the water of the outlet. That plants migrate from the north during the cold of the ice-age is now a common concession. That they withdraw as the ice receded is equally granted, such being left as could adjust themselves to changed climatic conditions. There is no objection, based on climate, to the presence of plants in northern Illinois that are found on the south shore of Lake Superior or in the parts of British Columbia and Vancouver Island near the Pacific Coast, and there is little probability that a moss sheltered as on the rocks at Lockport once established, would be sub- ject to extinction by violence. There is no evidence to show that they were liable to overflow by the former outlet of the lakes. As now constituted there is a valley cut in the limestone at this point forty feet deep and a mile and a quarter wide. Only a very narrow part of it has been deepened by the river — no- that now occupies it, whose shallow bed is but a few feet below the bed of the ancient river, a flat rock bottom covered by a few inches of soil. Chicago, 111. LICHEN NOTES-No. 1. G. K. Merrill. Since the publication of Prof. Fink’s paper on Cladonia verticillata Hoffm. (Bryologist, 7:6, 1904) several correspondents have enquired con- cerning the validity of C. gracilis (L.) Nyl. var. verticillata Fr. as the name given to plants of similar appearance in their herbaria. To these we will say: the nominations are equivalent and stand for identical forms. The synonymy of the plant is a varied one. Called by Hoffman (Deutsch. FI. (1796) p. 122) C. pyxidata, *C. verlicillata , that name is retained in the works of Floerke, Schaerer, Babington, Coemans, Wainio and others, all of whom concede to it specific rank. Elias Fries (Lich. Eur. Ref. (1831) p. 219) was first to correlate the plant with C. gracilis , and it is only natural that our own Tuckerman, pupil of the great master, and throughout life dominated by his teachings, should take the same ground. Such a view is not difficult, as all field workers will agree. We often find undoubted C. gracilis prolifer- ous from the center of scyphi, and again verifiable C. verticillata with elongated podetia and narrowed cups or rarely ascyphiferous forms with subulate terminations. In our copy of Macoun’s Canadian Lichens, No. 295, this condition of verticillata is beautifully exemplified and furnishes a remarkable exhibit of transitional tendencies. Nevertheless C. verticillata is sufficiently differentiated from C. gracilis when examined in typical speci- mens to be considered distinct. The connecting forms are of no more importance than those serving to link other species in the polymorphous pot- pourri of the Cladoniaea. The chemical test with KHO seems to be without particular value in this group. Wainio states that there is no reaction in C. verticillata , and in C. gracilis there may or may not be. Leighton declares that no reaction is noted with either, while Parrique finds none with C. gracillis chordalis , doubtful results with C. gracilis elongata and none with C. verticillata with the exception of varieties subcervicornis Wainio and Krempe limber i Wainio, both of which owe their separation to this feature. Wainio subdivides the verticillata group into three varieties with several forms and modifications. Comprehending within the meaning of the term variety those forms of closest adherence to the type (varietas constan- tior=v.), he uses the word form to define phases of perverse development, not self determinative (forma autogenetica inconstans=f.) and modification is applied to anamorphic conditions produced through peculiarities of en- vironment (modificatio inconstans statione producta=m.) Our continental North American representatives so far known are: C. verticillata Hoffm. v. evoluta Th. Fr. v. evoluta m. phyllocephala Flot. — Ill — v. evoluta f. apoticta (Ach ) Wainio. m. cervicornis (Ach.) Flk. m. abbreviata Wainio. C. verticillata evoluta Th. Fr. is well described in Prof. Fink’s article 1. c. under the specific definition of C. verticillata , and our notes are intended to be but supplementary. Quoting from Th. M. Fries, Lich, Scan. Pt. I- p. 83, in diagnosis of the species “ podetia breviscula ” is given as a characteris- tic. Our American plants are often of very robust habit and considerable height. Podetia has been noted 70 mm. in length. While simple forms are frequently found, this condition if abundant may be taken for abortive. The plants are normally three to five ranked, and eleven were counted in a speci- men from Prof. Macoun. The cups are variable in diameter, very narrow in the terminating scyphus and at times reaching 20 mm. with the first rank. Podetia are often found proliferating from the sides as well as from the cups. These are observed to take an initial direction at right angles to that of the podetia, at length if the plant is erect bending to conform. If the parent podetia is deflected the proliferations no longer conform but assume a per- pendicular. Instances have been noted where branches originating on the under side of a bent podetia recurved to an upright position. Krempelhuber nominated this phase of development as f. lateralis (Lich. Bay. p. 107.). In this connection it may be of interest to record that Schaerer (Enu. p. 195) called those plants proliferous from the center of the cups, f. centralis , from the margins, f. marginalis and F. aggregata (Del.) Malbr. (Supp. Lich. Norm. p. 11) was applied to such as were numerously proliferate from within the scyphus. The variety evoluta is well represented by Plate XI, fig. 2, accompanying Prof. Fink’s article 1. c. , and it is difficult to conceive of any other place for Fig. 1 from the point of view developed by Wainio. It may be said for the benefit of the students that (sensu Wainio) the nomination C. verticillata per se stands for the entire group. No type form is recog- nized and the varying phases of the plant are referred to some one of the varieties, forms or modifications or to transitional states between. Prof. Fink's article gives a wide distribution for the variety, we can add nothing to it. C. verticillata evoluta m. phyllocefthala Flot. is differentiated princi- pally from v. evoluta by the podetia being more or less squamulose, often densely so within the cups. Corticated the same and proliferating similarly its divergence from evoluta is controlled by external influences. Symphy- carpous states (evidently abortive) are often met with and suggest the idea that similar conditions of other species are likewise abortive. The phenomena of foliolose development in the Cladoniaea is little understood. Two forms are noted, the first (pseudo-foliola) formed by breaking up the cor- tical tissue into irregular leaf-like expansions. The second (true-squamae) either originating with the podetia, or, initially extrinsic, and communicated through agencies yet undefined from plants normally squamulose to those usually free. Instances have been noted of Cladonia colonies comprising several species in which all were beset with squamae, when only one mem- — 1 12 — ber of the group was recognized to be typically folioliferous. Specimens have been examined from Massachusetts collected by Miss Carr and Mr. Walter Gerritson. It has also been collected on Mt. Washington. C. verticillata evoluta f. apoticta (Ach. ) Wainio. A very curious form collected by Miss C. M. Carr, on sterile soil, Sudbury, Mass., is referred here. C. verticillata m. cervicornis (Ach.) Flk. Examination of numerous European examples emphasize the fact that the caespitose macrophylline primary thallus is the only really distinctive character. Typically inconstant in all other of its exprsssions the Europeans have applied a host of definative phrases to the varying conditions. Such American material as we have seen is referable to Floerk’s f. phyllophora (De Clad. p. 28) and Nylander’s f. polycarpoides (Li. Par p. 30.) the former received from Prof. Macoun col- lected at Mt. Murray, Quebec, and the latter from Miss Carr, collected in Sudbury. Of Miss Carr's plant we can only provisionally place it. Euro- pean specimens of f. polycarpoides are provided with a conspicuous primary thallus, in the Sudbury plant the thallus is deficient. Nylander unites the form with his v. cervicornis , but our specimen seems more an expression of v. evoluta. It is true that in the obliteration of the scyphi by dissection into fastigiate branchlets there is a strong point of resemblance to cervicornis but ours occurred unmixed with V. evoluta, and may be but a modification. C. verticillata m. abbreviata Wainio, constituted on material collected by Henry Willey in New Bedford, Mass., seems on the whole to be but an expression of m. cervicornis. Reduced in both thallus and podetia the state is probably the result of aridity of habitat. Examination of a French speci- men detetmined by Wainio discloses many points of similarity with m. cer- vicornis■, the most conspicuous of which was the congested horizontal thallus. We have recently found the plant in our own region. Rockland, Maine. A NOTE ON LOCAL MOSS DISTRIBUTION. John M. Holzinger. The mode of occurrence of several mosses characteristic of the vicinity of Winona, Minn., on the bluffs facing the upper Mississippi valley, appears to follow a very definite law of distribution on a small scale. This fact did not become clear to the writer till this summer, when an opportunity was af- forded of a somewhat close exploration for mosses of the bluffs around Dakota, a village on the banks of the “ Great Father of Waters,” some twenty miles below Winona. Briefly stated, the characteristic mosses near river level (820 feet above the Gulf of Mexico) are Barbula obtusifolius , Bryum pendulum and Leptobryum pryiforme, all occurrring in great abundance on perpendicular sand ledges kept moist more or less throughout the year, and lying in the shade, The Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railroad here skirts the west bank of the river from La Crosse to St. Paul. Its bed runs just above high water mark. In many places it is hewn out of the solid sand rock. The perpendicular ledges thus exposed are much of the day in the shade, and wherever water trickles from above they become covered with an interesting and uniform moss vegetation, the species mentioned being the most characteristic. Another companion forming extensive dense mats and fruiting abundantly, is Gymnostomum curvirostre , but this and the Brymn seem able to stand a somewhat drier situation, for depauperate forms of both occur also higher up on the bluffs. In striking contrast with this river level flora is that at the top of the bluffs, only four hundred feet higher. The most abundant and most charac- teristic moss here is Grimmia teretinervis , covering the calcareous sun- burnt sand rock, exposed to an all day sun, in black flat cushions, which are hardly recognized as plants by young students. This species is always ster- ile. On the same level occur also, with the same regularity, only less abun- dantly, Coscinodon Raui and C. Wrightii, both fruiting. Their principal companions are Tortula ruralis , Tortella fragilis and Ditrichum fiexi- caule brevifolutm . all sterile. We have thus on a small scale a real arid region moss flora at the tops of our Mississippi bluffs enjoying essentially the conditions prevailing in dry countrjes. While at the base, near the river level, there thrives another uni- form flora characteristic of better watered regions. And the interesting part is the fact that this narrow strip in altitude extends for fully a hundred miles or more along our Great River. This peculiar parallelism is made possible by the geological formation, the several alternating strata of Lower Silurian lime and sand rock lie, in the Upper Mississippi Basin nearly as horizontal as when they were laid down millions of years ago, so that the Great River with its tributaries large and small, has made its valley by erosion through these strata establishing iden- tical conditions at the two levels referred to. Winona, Minn. DIE EUROPAEISCHEN LAUBMOOSE. By G. Roth, Leipzig, Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. John M. Holzinger. This bryological work comprises two 8vo. volumes of considerable size and appeared in parts in rather rapid succession since early in 1904. The first volume comprises the Cleistocarpi and Acrocarpi to Bryaceae, and covers five hundred and ninety-eight pages of printed matter, exclusive of thirteen pages of Table of Contents, and fifty-two plates closely crowded with drawings of microscopic details of the species described. The second volume, completed in 1905, concludes the Acrocarpi and completes the Pleuro- carpi, covering seven hundred and thirty- three pages, accompanied by sixty- two plates similarly replete with figures. The descriptions are accurately drawn up and go into details after the fashion of Limpricht, supplementing in a very helpful way the short and often too incomplete descriptions of many older species. Great care is taken to record the substratum, mode of occurrence and the distribution of the species treated. The legend for the figures illustrating the species follows each description and always includes the record of the exact specimen used in making the drawings, a practice deserving to be universally adopted. From the systematic view point this effort of Mr. Roth rounds out and brings up to date in accessible form for use, the achievements on European mosses since Schimper’s monumental task on his Bryologia Europaea. The plates are necessarily crowded and are largely restricted to drawings of microscopic characters, so as to bring the work within the compass of reason- able accessibibility. The noteworthy feature of Mr. Roth’s work is not so much in his contri- bution to systematic Bryology, which is considerable, as it is in his primary motive, steadfastly followed throughout, of tracing the intimate relation of the moss flora of the earth to the general economy of nature, their influence on and relation to the soil, to moisture and especially to forests. This fact will stand out more strikingly after a careful perusal of the general discus- sion introducing the subject, covering pages one to ninety-two of the first volume. In this introductory treatment the author disposes first of the anatomi- cal structure of the mosses, presenting in well sustained discussions the facts of protonema, moss stem, moss- leaf, inflorescence, sporogone, propaga- tion and distribution. And so far he is in full accord with the treatment of the subject in other comprehensive works on mosses. It is, however, in the closing essay on the general subject, covering pages sixty-two to seventy- eight, that Mr. Roth departs conspicuously from the single purpose of the systematist, in that he shows convincingly the importance and the signifi- cance of mosses in the economy of nature in agriculture, and especially in forestry. Something of a fair conception of his claims for mosses may be gained from thb twelve theses he expounds in this striking essay; i. Mosses diminish the danger of inundation. 2. They hinder gullying of the soil and aid in the steady flow of springs by increasing the quantity of water derived from condensation and seepage. 3. They preserve the porosity of the soil. 4. They maintain and increase the humidity of the soil. 5. They aid in the formation of humus and so increase the depth of good soil. 6. They introduce the decay of rocks. 7. They effect an equalization of the temperature of the soil. 8. They may be used as bedding material by the agriculturist, 9. They constitute a useful index of conditions in the forma- tion and improvement of meadows. 10. They likewise furnish to the fores- ter a helpful index of climatic conditions favorable to different forest trees. The treatment of this point closes with these words, “ If the forests officials who in recent years traveled all over North America for the purpose of studying the then existing forests had only brought back with them the principal representatives of the moss vegetation found in the forest regions traveled by them, we would be much more easily able to form a judgment concerning the adaptability of the several forest trees to our (German) conditions ” 11. Mosses protect forest trees against the effects of too great cold. 12. On the part of man some mosses are used in the industries and in the domestic life. While the author thus fairly exhausts the various relations of mosses to man and nature, it is worthy of note, as he confesses in the first lines of his Vorwort, that in his own case this study was primarily taken up, and reached its full proportions principally because of his conviction that a knowledge of mosses must be of great value to both the agriculturist and especially the forester. And it was his desire to facilitate their study by the practical foresters of Europe that led him in the first instance to essay the publication of his work, a motive that has given so distinctive a coloring to these two volumes. Worthy of mention here is also the Index of the Literature of European Mosses, covering pages ninety-three to one hundred of Volume I, a supple- ment to which appears on pages fifteen and sixteen of Volume II, bringing all references up to date, 1905. Th& writer of this notice has only one regret to record; it is due to the absense of dichotomous keys, now found in all such treatises, from this other- wise superior work. The insertion of such keys with at least the larger genera would make the books much more usable, but even without them, Mr. Roth’s descriptions are very valuable to the systematic bryologist because of the microscopic details recorded. Both descriptions and draw- ings are a lasting monument to the ability and diligence of the author. It is to be hoped that he will also publish his work on exotic mosses, of which he states he has already drawn over two thousand eight hundred and fifty species. Winona, Minn. SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES. The following names have been added to the list of Chapter Members since September 1st, making the total number one hundred and fifty-six: Mr. Reginald Heber Howe, Jr., Middlesex School, Concord, Mass.; Prof. H. A. Green, Tryon, North Carolina ; Dr. H. E. Hasse, Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co., Calif. Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Me., will be glad to deter- mine any and all species of lichens sent him provided the specimens are ample and are accompanied by full data. NOTICE-ELECTION OF OFFICERS FOR 1906. Please forward your ballots at once to the Judge of Elections, Miss Cora H. Clarke, 91 Mt. Vernon street, Boston, Mass. Polls close November 30th. For President — Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C. For Vice President — Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. For Secretary — Dr. John W. Bailey, Walker Building, Seattle, Wash. For Treasurer — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y. — n6 — OFFERINGS. (To Chapter Members only. For postage.) Miss Harriet Wheeler, Chatham, Columbia Co. N. Y. Orthotrichum anomalum Hedw. c.fr. Collected Queechy Lake, N. Y. Hylocomium umbratum B. & S., st. Collected in White Mts., N. H. Mr. John A. Anderson, High School, Dubuque, Iowa. Climacium Ameri- canum Brid. c.fr. Collected in Iowa. Mr. B. D. Gilbert, Clayville, Oneida Co., N. Y. Brachythecium plumosum (Sw.) B. & S. c.fr. Collected in Clayville. Mr. A. S. Foster, 282^ Second street, Portland, Oregon. Scouleria mar- ginata E. G. Britton, c.fr.: Pogonatum urnigerum (L.) Beauv., c.fr,; A Isia abietina Sulliv. Collected in Oregon. Miss Cora H. Clarke, 91 Mt. Vernon street, Boston, Mass. Hypnum cordi- folium Hedw. c.fr. Collected in Mass. Mr. C. C. Plitt, 1706 Hanover strreet* Baltimore, Md. Hypnum cordifolium Hedw. c.fr. Collected in Maryland. Miss Mary F. Miller, 1109 M. street, N. W., Washington, D. C. Pogonatum contortum Lesq. c.fr.; Dicranoweisia cirrhata Lindb. c.fr. Collected in British Columbia by Mr. A. J. Hill. Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden street, Hartford. Conn. Sphagnum sedoides Brid. st. ; Mylia Taylori (Hook.) S. P. Gray. Collected on Mt. Marcy, N. Y. Miss Caroline C. Haynes, 16 East 36th street, N. Y. City. Nardia crenu- lata (Smith) Lindb.; Telaranea nematodes longifolia M. A. Howe, Collected in New Jersey. Mrs. Sarah B. Hadley, R. F. D. No. 1, South Canterbury, Conn. Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. ; Umbilicaria Muhlenbergii (Ach.)Tuck.; U. pustu- lata (L.) Hoffm. var .papulosa Tuck. Collected in Conn. BOTANICAL SUPPLIES Everything for the Botanist COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS GENUS COVERS — TROWELS Send por Circular GROUT MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS New Edition $1.75 Net, Post Paid. MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS M2 MICROSCOPE PARTS I. & II., $1.00 each net, postpaid. Sample Pages on application. O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City BOTANICAL DRAUGHTSMAN General Biological Drawing for Truthful and Effective Reproduction P. B. WHELPLEY, Dublin, New Hampshire The Fern Bulletin & The American Botanist are too well known to need extensive description. If interested in botany you need them both. Send for sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address: WILLARD N* CLUTE & CO* ^ BINGHAMTON, N. Y. FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species. Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60 Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park, New York City LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50 HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Sets of 88 Specimens (Nos. 1-88) may be had for $3.50 MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be had for $5.00 (Checks from outside of New York City must include 10c extra) Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City in nun/ ^nn njTJTJTJTJTjrnnjTJTJijajTjTJT.rLJiJTj“mjTJTJT.nnjTnjT^ PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly 60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri- butions of the widest range ; morphological, physiologi- cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year. TORRE YA A monthly journal of botanical notes and news : estab- lished 1901. About t6 pages in each issue. §1.00 a year. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven volumes completed. $3.00 a volume. All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey Botanical Club. FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City ESTABLISHED 1897 TUT, PLANT WORLD Edited by FRANCIS E. LLOYD An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of Popular Botany Official Organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America If you are interested in Botany the PLANT WORLD will interest you. If you are a teacher ot Botany the PLANT WORLD will help you. It will keep you in touch with modern Botanical thought. Send for Sample Copy TEACHERS COLLEGE, Columbia University, New York City cknLf METHODS IN MOSS STUDY In Twelve Lessons By C. J. MAYNARD This is a Hand Book issued in parts, one to each lesson, at the rate of four parts per month, and will be completed early in April. The chief reason for this method of publication is to give subscribers an opportunity to color the plates for themselves before the book is bound. TERMS : Uncolored, 10c. per part, or $1.00 in advance for the twelve parts. Colored, 30c. per part, or $3.50 in advance for the twelve parts. Send stamp for special circular and sample pages Address : 'C. J. MAYNARD, 447 Crafts St.. West Newton, Mass. j-j ITLTLPJTJTJTJTJmjB IJUlJTJTJTJTJTJTXUTJlJlJTJTJTJTrUlJTJTjriJTrUTJli LTLnJTJTJTJLTHLJTJLJTJLrLn msm SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 3 9088 01541 2794